<PAGE>   1
 
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 28, 1999
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-84035
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>
             WASHINGTON                              7374                              91-1896926
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF        (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)             IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

    
 
                          601 UNION STREET, SUITE 1000
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
                                 (206) 441-8800
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                              ANTHONY C. NAUGHTIN
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
                          601 UNION STREET, SUITE 1000
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
                                 (206) 441-8800
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
             CHRISTOPHER W. WRIGHT, ESQ.                            PETER E. WILLIAMS III, ESQ.
               DOUGLAS H. HAEUBER, ESQ.                                 VICTOR H. SIM, ESQ.
                H. MARLOW GREEN, ESQ.                                  MAILE Y.C. YANG, ESQ.
                  COOLEY GODWARD LLP                                  MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP
                 5200 CARILLON POINT                                     755 PAGE MILL ROAD
               KIRKLAND, WA 98033-7355                                PALO ALTO, CA 94304-1018
                    (425) 893-7700                                         (650) 813-5652
</TABLE>

 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act,
check the following box.  [ ]
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]
---------------
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
number for the same offering.  [ ]
---------------
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.  [ ]
---------------
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
 

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES        AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE PER   AGGREGATE OFFERING        AMOUNT OF
           TO BE REGISTERED                 REGISTERED(1)          SHARE(2)             PRICE(2)         REGISTRATION FEE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value per
  share................................      10,005,000             $19.00            $190,095,000          $52,847(3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    
 
(1) Includes 1,305,000 shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase
    to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
    registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended.
 
   
(3) $41,721 of this amount has been previously paid.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2
 
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
 
   
Issued September 28, 1999
    
 
                                8,700,000 Shares
 
                                [INTERNAP LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                           -------------------------
 
   
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION IS OFFERING 8,700,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON
STOCK. THIS IS OUR INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND NO PUBLIC MARKET CURRENTLY EXISTS
FOR OUR SHARES. WE ANTICIPATE THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE
BETWEEN $17 AND $19 PER SHARE.
    
 
                           -------------------------
 
WE HAVE APPLIED TO LIST OUR COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE
SYMBOL "INAP."
 
                           -------------------------
 
INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS.  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE 7.
                           -------------------------
 
                            PRICE $          A SHARE
 
                           -------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       UNDERWRITING
                                        PRICE TO       DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS
                                         PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS      TO INTERNAP
                                     ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>              <C>
Per Share..........................  $                $                $
Total..............................  $                $                $
</TABLE>

 
   
InterNAP has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional
1,305,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
    
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not
approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
   
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on
               , 1999.
    
 
                           -------------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                  CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                                    DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                                                  HAMBRECHT & QUIST
                    , 1999

<PAGE>   3
                                                           (Inside Front Cover)



New version of inside front cover artwork:

[INTERNAP LOGO]



<PAGE>   4


The current Internet architecture was not designed for today's level of traffic
flows resulting in slow and unreliable Internet performance.

A cause of slow performance on the Internet is the loss of data as it travels
from one network to another. This results in slow and unreliable performance
that can frustrate Internet users.

Internet data loss

[Graphic depicting interaction between network backbones and public network
access points and private peering points]







<PAGE>   5

InterNAP provides high performance Internet connectivity service that is faster
and more reliable than conventional service.

Delivering network quality without peer.(TM)

Our P-NAP technology routes data over the Internet in a way that reduces data
loss, resulting in better Internet performance and quality of service for
Internet users.

Direct delivery routing minimizes data loss

[Graphic depicting interaction between network backbones and InterNAP P-NAP]




<PAGE>   6
                                                             (Inside Back Cover)


                                       *
                                    INTERNAP
                              1999 P-NAP Locations




                [Graphic of map depicting 1999 P-NAP locations]









*  Operational P-NAPs

*  P-NAPs to be operational by the end of 1999

<PAGE>   7
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PAGE
                                      ----
<S>                                   <C>
Prospectus Summary..................    3
Risk Factors........................    7
Use of Proceeds.....................   18
Dividend Policy.....................   18
Capitalization......................   19
Dilution............................   20
Selected Financial Data.............   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.....................   22
Business............................   33
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PAGE
                                      ----
<S>                                   <C>
Management..........................   45
Certain Transactions................   56
Principal Shareholders..............   59
Description of Capital Stock........   62
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....   65
Underwriters........................   68
Legal Matters.......................   70
Experts.............................   70
Where You Can Find More
  Information.......................   71
Index to Financial Statements.......  F-1
</TABLE>

 
                           -------------------------
 
     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to
buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or any sale of our common stock.
 
     In this prospectus, "InterNAP," "we," "us," and "our" refer to InterNAP
Network Services Corporation and not to the underwriters. Unless otherwise
indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:
 
     - Gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred
       stock into 49,469,479 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
       offering; and
 
     - Assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
     UNTIL              , 1999, 25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING, ALL
DEALERS THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE OUR COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
     InterNAP(R) and P-NAP(R) are registered trademarks of InterNAP. All other
brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their
respective holders.

<PAGE>   8
 

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     You should read the following summary together with the more detailed
information regarding our company and the common stock being sold in this
offering, risks affecting our company and our financial statements and the notes
to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
     InterNAP is a leading provider of fast, reliable and centrally managed
Internet connectivity services targeted at businesses seeking to maximize the
performance of mission-critical Internet-based applications. Customers connected
to one of our Private-Network Access Points, or P-NAPs, which are our patented
network routing infrastructures coupled with our proprietary ASsimilator routing
technology, have their data optimally routed to and from destinations on the
Internet in a manner that minimizes data loss resulting in better performance.
We offer our high performance Internet connectivity services at dedicated line
speeds of 1.5 Megabits per second, or Mbps, to 155 Mbps to customers desiring
higher transmission speeds, lower instances of data loss and greater quality of
service than they could receive from conventional Internet connectivity
providers. As of June 30, 1999, we provided consistent high performance Internet
connectivity services to approximately 120 customers, including Amazon.com,
Fidelity Investments, Go2Net, ITXC, Nasdaq, TheStreet.com and WebTV, each of
which represented at least 1% of our June 1999 revenues.
 
THE OPPORTUNITY
 
     The Internet is rapidly becoming a critically important medium for
communications and commerce. However, businesses are unable to benefit from the
full potential of the Internet due, in part, to slow and unreliable data
transfers. This results primarily from the way Internet backbone networks
exchange data, current routing technologies and the Internet's architecture,
which was not designed to support today's large volumes of traffic. To compound
this problem, Internet traffic is expected to grow rapidly. In addition,
widespread adoption of applications that rely on network quality require
consistent, high speed data transfer. We believe the future of Internet
connectivity services will be driven by providers that, through high performance
Internet routing services, enable businesses to successfully execute their
mission-critical Internet-based applications over the public network
infrastructures.
 
OUR SOLUTION
 
     We provide high performance Internet connectivity services through the
deployment of P-NAPs. Our P-NAPs maintain high speed, dedicated connections to
major global Internet backbone networks, such as AGIS, AT&T, Cable & Wireless
USA, GTE Internetworking, ICG Communications, Intermedia, PSINet, Sprint, UUNET
and Verio. Our technology platform optimally routes our customers' data through
these multiple backbone networks, generally bypassing Internet traffic
congestion and reducing data loss that frequently occurs at Internet data
exchange points known as public network access points and private peering
points. We currently operate eight P-NAPs which are located in the Atlanta,
Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, San Jose, Seattle and Washington, D.C.
metropolitan areas, and expect to complete the deployment of four additional
P-NAPs in the Dallas, Miami, New York and Philadelphia metropolitan areas by the
end of 1999.
                                        3

<PAGE>   9
 
     Our services provide the following key advantages:
 
     - High Performance Connectivity. We route our customers' traffic over the
       Internet in a way that we believe provides consistently greater speed,
       superior end-to-end control, predictability and reliability, than
       services offered by conventional Internet connectivity providers.
 
     - Highly Reliable Network Architecture. P-NAPs are designed with a highly
       redundant network infrastructure, such that any of the Internet backbones
       connected to a P-NAP can be used to instantly reroute customers' data in
       the event of a backbone provider network outage.
 
     - Superior Route Optimization and Management. Our proprietary routing
       technology and network management system provide us with data to manage
       network traffic and to offer economic settlements to backbone providers
       for the transfer of our customers' data.
 
     - Scalability and Flexibility. We manage each P-NAP independently and make
       connection upgrades locally as required with each backbone provider. This
       allows us to more readily scale our capacity as traffic levels increase,
       without the need to make uniform upgrades throughout our system of
       P-NAPs.
 
     - Superior Customer Service and Support. Our customers receive the benefit
       of our proprietary network monitoring and reporting tools and a single
       point of contact with our highly skilled engineers for support inquiries,
       network troubleshooting and diagnosis 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
 
OUR STRATEGY
 
     Our objective is to be the leading provider of high performance Internet
connectivity services that enable businesses to run mission-critical
Internet-based applications over the public Internet and to establish and
maintain the standard of quality for Internet connectivity services. To achieve
this objective we intend to:
 
     - Enhance our core technologies to provide the highest performance Internet
       connectivity services.
 
     - Continue to provide superior customer service and support.
 
     - Expand our geographic coverage in key markets.
 
     - Continue to build our brand awareness.
 
     - Continue to target strategic markets.
 
     - Maintain backbone provider neutrality.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     We are a Washington corporation. Our principal executive offices are
located at 601 Union Street, Suite 1000, Seattle, Washington 98101, and our
telephone number is (206) 441-8800. We maintain a worldwide web site at
www.internap.com. The reference to our worldwide web address does not constitute
incorporation by reference of the information contained at this site.
                                        4

<PAGE>   10
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Common stock offered....................      8,700,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after the
offering................................     62,201,228 shares
 
Use of proceeds.........................     We intend to use the net proceeds
                                             from the offering for capital
                                             expenditures and general corporate
                                             purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
Symbol..................................     INAP
 
     The foregoing information is based upon the number of shares of common
stock outstanding as of June 30, 1999. This information does not include, as of
June 30, 1999:
 
     - 5,035,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Option/Stock
       Issuance Plan, of which 4,132,622 shares were subject to outstanding
       options;
 
     - 6,500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Equity Incentive
       Plan, of which 2,004,000 shares were subject to outstanding options;
 
     - 500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Non-Employee Director
       Stock Option Plan;
 
     - 1,500,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Employee Stock
       Purchase Plan; and
 
     - 600,136 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants. See
       "Description of Capital Stock" and "Management -- Incentive Stock Plans."
 
   
     The foregoing information excludes 1,194,743 shares of common stock and a
warrant to purchase 597,372 shares of common stock to be issued to Inktomi
Corporation in a private placement that will close at the same time or
immediately after the closing of our initial public offering and warrants to
purchase 100,000 shares of common stock issued to seven shareholders in
connection with our standby credit facility.
    
                                        5

<PAGE>   11
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERIOD FROM
                                           INCEPTION         YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         (MAY 1, 1996)      DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                        TO DECEMBER 31,   -----------------   ------------------
                                             1996          1997      1998      1998       1999
                                        ---------------   -------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..............................      $   44        $ 1,045   $ 1,957   $   731   $  3,410
Total operating costs and expenses....         961          2,455     8,907     2,277     19,862
Loss from operations..................        (917)        (1,410)   (6,950)   (1,546)   (16,452)
Net loss..............................        (959)        (1,609)   (6,973)   (1,461)   (16,149)
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share...............................      $ (.29)       $  (.48)  $ (2.09)  $  (.44)  $  (4.78)
Weighted average shares used in
  computing basic and diluted net loss
  per share...........................       3,333          3,333     3,336     3,336      3,378
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share...........................                              $  (.31)            $   (.34)
Weighted average shares used in
  computing pro forma basic and
  diluted net loss per share..........                               22,733               47,771
</TABLE>

 
     Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
include the shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
adjusted for the conversion of preferred stock into shares of common stock, as
if the conversion occurred at the date of original issuance.
 
   
     The following table presents summary balance sheet data at June 30, 1999.
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data below gives effect to
the conversion of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 1999 into
49,469,479 shares of common stock, the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale
of 8,700,000 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price
of $18.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the net proceeds
from the sale of 1,194,743 shares of common stock to Inktomi in a private
placement at an assumed price of $16.74 per share, after deducting the private
placement fee.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                              ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                              -------    --------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...........  $13,296       $176,834
Total assets................................................   30,830        194,368
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.............    6,776          6,776
Total shareholders' equity..................................   17,274        180,812
</TABLE>

    
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   12
 

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an
investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the
only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to
us or that we currently think are immaterial may also impair our business
operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business,
financial condition or results of operations could be seriously harmed. In such
case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all
or part of your investment.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
     WE HAVE A HISTORY OF LOSSES, EXPECT FUTURE LOSSES AND MAY NOT ACHIEVE OR
     SUSTAIN ANNUAL PROFITABILITY
 
     We have incurred net losses in each quarterly and annual period since we
began operations. We incurred a net loss of $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and a net loss of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31,
1998. Our net loss for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was $16.1 million. As
of June 30, 1999, our accumulated deficit was $25.7 million. As a result of our
expansion plans, we expect to incur net losses and negative cash flows from
operations on a quarterly and annual basis for at least 24 months, and we may
never become profitable.
 
     OUR LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO EVALUATE OUR PROSPECTS
 
     The revenue and income potential of our business and market is unproven,
and our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects.
We have only been in existence since 1996, and our services are only offered in
limited regions. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the
risks and difficulties frequently encountered by relatively new companies,
particularly companies in the rapidly evolving Internet infrastructure and
connectivity markets.
 
     NEGATIVE MOVEMENTS IN OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS MAY DISAPPOINT
     ANALYSTS' EXPECTATIONS, WHICH COULD HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON OUR STOCK
     PRICE
 
     Should our results of operations from quarter to quarter fail to meet the
expectations of public market analysts and investors, our stock price could
suffer. Any significant unanticipated shortfall of revenues or increase in
expenses could negatively impact our expected quarterly results of operations
should we be unable to make timely adjustments to compensate for them.
Furthermore, a failure on our part to estimate accurately the timing or
magnitude of particular anticipated revenues or expenses could also negatively
impact our quarterly results of operations.
 
     Because our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and
will continue to fluctuate in the future, you should not rely on the results of
any past quarter or quarters as an indication of future performance in our
business operations or stock price. For example, increases in our quarterly
revenues for the quarters ended March 31, 1998 through June 30, 1999 have varied
between 30% and 74%, and total operating costs and expenses, as a percentage of
revenues, have fluctuated between 310% and 609%. Fluctuations in our quarterly
operating results depend on a number of factors. Some of these factors are
industry risks over which we have no control including the introduction of new
services by our competitors, fluctuations in the demand and sales cycle for our
services, fluctuations in the market for qualified sales and other personnel,
changes in the prices for Internet connectivity we pay backbone providers and
our ability to obtain local loop connections to our P-NAPs at favorable prices.
 
     Other factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating
results arise from strategic decisions we have made or will make with respect to
the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures such as those associated with
the deployment of additional P-NAPS and the terms of
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   13
 
our Internet connectivity purchases. For example, our practice is to purchase
Internet connectivity from backbone providers at new P-NAPs before customers are
secured. We also have agreed to purchase Internet connectivity from some
providers without regard to the amount we resell to our customers.
 
     IF WE ARE UNABLE TO MANAGE COMPLICATIONS THAT ARISE DURING DEPLOYMENT OF
     NEW P-NAPS, WE MAY NOT SUCCEED IN OUR EXPANSION PLANS
 
   
     Any delay in the opening of new P-NAPs would significantly harm our plans
to expand our business. In our effort to deploy new P-NAPs, we face various
risks associated with significant construction projects, including identifying
and locating P-NAP sites, construction delays, cost estimation errors or
overruns, delays in connecting with local exchanges, equipment and material
delays or shortages, the inability to obtain necessary permits on a timely
basis, if at all, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and
all of which could delay the deployment of a new P-NAP facility. The deployment
of new P-NAPs, each of which takes approximately four to six months to complete,
is a key element of our business strategy. In addition to our eight existing
locations, we are planning to continue to deploy P-NAPs across a wide range of
geographic regions. Although we do market research in a geographic area before
deploying a P-NAP, we do not enter into service contracts with customers prior
to building a new P-NAP.
    
 
     WE MAY BE UNABLE TO EFFECTIVELY INTEGRATE NEW P-NAPS INTO OUR EXISTING
     NETWORK, WHICH COULD DISRUPT OUR SERVICE
 
     New P-NAP facilities, if completed, will result in substantial new
operating expenses, including expenses associated with hiring, training,
retaining and managing new employees, provisioning capacity from backbone
providers, purchasing new equipment, implementing new systems, leasing
additional real estate and incurring additional depreciation expense. In
addition, if we do not institute adequate financial and managerial controls,
reporting systems, and procedures with which to operate multiple facilities in
geographically dispersed locations, our operations will be significantly harmed.
 
     BECAUSE OUR REVENUES DEPEND HEAVILY ON A FEW SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS, A LOSS
     OF MORE THAN ONE OF THESE SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS COULD REDUCE OUR REVENUES
 
     We currently derive a substantial portion of our total revenues from a
limited number of customers, and the revenues from these customers may not
continue. For the six months ended June 30, 1999, revenues from U.S.
Electrodynamics, Inc. represented 10.6% of our total revenues. For the year
ended December 31, 1998, revenues from Go2Net represented 13.6% of our total
revenues. For the year ended December 31, 1997, revenues from Starcom Service
Corporation represented 20.8% of our total revenues and Go2Net represented 18.1%
of our total revenues. Typically, the agreements with our customers are based on
our standard terms and conditions of service and generally have terms ranging
from one year to three years. Revenues from these customers or from other
customers that have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues in past
periods, individually or as a group, may not continue. If such revenues do
continue, they may not reach or exceed historical levels in any future period.
For example, in 1998 Starcom defaulted on its payments to us, subsequently filed
for bankruptcy and is no longer a customer of ours. In addition, we may not
succeed in diversifying our customer base in future periods. Accordingly, we may
continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from a relatively small
number of customers. Further, we have had limited experience with the renewal of
contracts by customers whose initial service contract terms have been completed
and these customers may not renew their contracts with us.
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   14
 
     IF WE ARE UNABLE TO CONTINUE TO RECEIVE COST-EFFECTIVE SERVICE FROM OUR
     BACKBONE PROVIDERS, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO PROVIDE OUR INTERNET CONNECTIVITY
     SERVICES ON PROFITABLE TERMS AND THESE BACKBONE PROVIDERS MAY NOT CONTINUE
     TO PROVIDE SERVICE TO US
 
     In delivering our services, we rely on Internet backbones which are built
and operated by others. In order to be able to provide optimal routing to our
customers through our P-NAPs, we must purchase connections from several Internet
backbone providers. We cannot assure you that these Internet backbone providers
will continue to provide service to us on a cost-effective basis, if at all, or
that these providers will provide us with additional capacity to adequately meet
customer demand. Furthermore, it is very unlikely that we could replace our
Internet backbone providers on comparable terms.
 
     Currently, in each of our fully operational P-NAPs, we have connections to
at least six of the following 10 backbone providers: Apex Global Information
Systems (AGIS), AT&T, Cable & Wireless USA, Inc., GTE Internetworking, Inc., ICG
Communications, Intermedia Communications Inc., PSINet, Inc., Sprint Internet
Services, UUNET, an MCI WorldCom Company, and Verio, Inc. In addition, we do not
begin to operate a P-NAP until it is connected to at least two of the following
four backbone providers: UUNET, Sprint, Cable & Wireless USA and GTE
Internetworking. We may be unable to maintain relationships with, or obtain
necessary additional capacity from, these backbone providers. Furthermore, we
may be unable to establish and maintain relationships with other backbone
providers that may emerge or that are significant in geographic areas in which
we locate our P-NAPs.
 
     COMPETITION FROM MORE ESTABLISHED COMPETITORS WHO HAVE GREATER REVENUES
     COULD DECREASE OUR MARKET SHARE
 
     The Internet connectivity services market is extremely competitive, and
there are few substantial barriers to entry. We expect competition from existing
competitors to intensify in the future, and we may not have the financial
resources, technical expertise, sales and marketing abilities or support
capabilities to compete successfully in our market. Many of our existing
competitors have greater market presence, engineering and marketing
capabilities, and financial, technological and personnel resources than we do.
As a result, our competitors may have several advantages over us as we seek to
develop a greater market presence.
 
     Our competitors currently include backbone providers that provide us
connectivity services, including AGIS, AT&T, Cable & Wireless USA, GTE
Internetworking, ICG Communications, Intermedia, PSINet, Sprint, UUNET and
Verio, regional Bell operating companies which offer Internet access, and
global, national and regional Internet service providers.
 
     In addition, if we are successful in implementing our international
expansion, we expect to encounter additional competition from international
Internet service providers as well as international telecommunications
companies.
 
     COMPETITION FROM NEW COMPETITORS COULD DECREASE OUR MARKET SHARE
 
     We also believe that new competitors will enter our market. Such new
competitors could include computer hardware, software, media and other
technology and telecommunications companies. A number of telecommunications
companies and online service providers have announced plans to offer or expand,
their network services. For example, GTE Internetworking, PSINet and Verio have
expanded their Internet access products and services through acquisition.
Further, the ability of some of these potential competitors to bundle other
services and products with their network services could place us at a
competitive disadvantage. Various companies are also exploring the possibility
of providing, or are currently providing, high-speed data services using
alternative delivery methods including the cable television infrastructure,
direct broadcast satellites, wireless cable and wireless
                                        9

<PAGE>   15
 
local loop. In addition, Internet backbone providers may make technological
developments, such as improved router technology, that will enhance the quality
of their services.
 
     PRICING PRESSURE COULD DECREASE OUR MARKET SHARE
 
     Increased price competition or other competitive pressures could erode our
market share. We currently charge, and expect to continue to charge, more for
our Internet connectivity services than our competitors. For example, our
current standard pricing is approximately 4% more than UUNET's current standard
pricing and approximately 18% more than Sprint's current standard pricing. By
bundling their services and reducing the overall cost of their solutions,
telecommunications companies that compete with us may be able to provide
customers with reduced communications costs in connection with their Internet
connectivity services or private network services, thereby significantly
increasing the pressure on us to decrease our prices. We may not be able to
offset the effects of any such price reductions even with an increase in the
number of our customers, higher revenues from enhanced services, cost reductions
or otherwise. In addition, we believe that the Internet connectivity industry is
likely to encounter consolidation in the future. Consolidation could result in
increased pressure on us to decrease our prices.
 
     A FAILURE IN OUR NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER, P-NAPS OR COMPUTER SYSTEMS
     WOULD CAUSE A SIGNIFICANT DISRUPTION IN THE PROVISION OF OUR INTERNET
     CONNECTIVITY SERVICES
 
     Although we have taken precautions against systems failure, interruptions
could result from natural disasters as well as power loss, telecommunications
failure and similar events. Our business depends on the efficient and
uninterrupted operation of our network operations center, our P-NAPs and our
computer and communications hardware systems and infrastructure. We currently
have one network operations center located in Seattle, and we have eight P-NAPs
which are located in the Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, San
Jose, Seattle and Washington, D.C. metropolitan areas. If we experience a
problem at our network operations center, we may be unable to provide Internet
connectivity services to our customers, provide customer service and support or
monitor our network infrastructure and P-NAPs, any of which would seriously harm
our business.
 
     OUR BRAND IS NOT WELL-KNOWN, AND FAILURE TO DEVELOP BRAND RECOGNITION COULD
     HURT OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY
 
     To successfully execute our strategy, we must strengthen our brand
awareness. If we do not build our brand awareness, our ability to realize our
strategic and financial objectives could be hurt. Many of our competitors have
well-established brands associated with the provision of Internet connectivity
services. To date, our market presence has been limited principally to the
Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, San Jose, Seattle and
Washington D.C. metropolitan areas. To date, we have attracted our existing
customers primarily through a relatively small sales force and word of mouth. In
order to build our brand awareness, we intend to significantly increase our
marketing efforts, which may not be successful, and we must continue to provide
high quality services. As part of our brand building efforts, we expect to
increase our marketing budget substantially as well as our marketing activities,
including advertising, tradeshows, direct response programs and new P-NAP launch
events. We may not succeed as planned.
 
     BECAUSE ANY OF OUR KEY EMPLOYEES COULD TERMINATE HIS OR HER EMPLOYMENT AT
     WILL, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO RETAIN SUFFICIENT NUMBERS OF QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
 
     Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of our executive management team and key technical personnel. The
loss of any member of our executive management team or a key technical employee,
such as our Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Naughtin, our Chief Technology
Officer, Christopher Wheeler, or our Chief Financial Officer, Paul
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   16
 
McBride, could significantly harm us. Any of our officers or employees can
terminate his or her relationship with us at any time. To the extent that we are
able to expand our operations and deploy additional P-NAPs, our workforce will
be required to grow. Accordingly, our future success depends on our ability to
attract, hire, train and retain a substantial number of highly skilled
management, technical, sales, marketing and customer support personnel.
Competition for qualified employees is intense. Consequently, we may not be
successful in attracting, hiring, training and retaining the people we need,
which would seriously impede our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
     IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO SUPPORT OUR RAPID GROWTH EFFECTIVELY, OUR EXPANSION
     PLANS MAY BE FRUSTRATED OR MAY FAIL
 
     Our inability to manage growth effectively would seriously harm our plans
to expand our Internet connectivity services into new markets. Since the
introduction of our Internet connectivity services, we have experienced a period
of rapid growth and expansion which has placed, and continues to place, a
significant strain on all of our resources. For example, as of December 31, 1996
we had one operational P-NAP and nine employees compared to seven operational
P-NAPs and 221 full-time employees as of June 30, 1999. In addition, we had
$44,000 in revenues for the period from May 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996
compared to $3.4 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1999. We
expect our growth to continue to strain our management, operational and
financial resources. For example, we may not be able to install adequate
financial control systems in an efficient and timely manner, and our current or
planned information systems, procedures and controls may be inadequate to
support our future operations. The difficulties associated with installing and
implementing new systems, procedures and controls may place a significant burden
on our management and our internal resources. Our plans to rapidly deploy
additional P-NAPs could place a significant strain on our management's time and
resources.
 
     BECAUSE WE HAVE NO EXPERIENCE OPERATING INTERNATIONALLY, OUR INTERNATIONAL
     EXPANSION MAY BE LIMITED
 
     Although we currently operate in eight domestic metropolitan markets, a key
component of our strategy is to expand into international markets. We have no
experience operating internationally. We may not be able to adapt our services
to international markets or market and sell these services to customers abroad.
In addition to general risks associated with international business expansion,
we face the following specific risks in our international business expansion
plans:
 
     - difficulties in establishing and maintaining relationships with foreign
       backbone providers and local vendors, including co-location and local
       loop providers; and
 
     - difficulties in locating, building and deploying P-NAPs in foreign
       countries and managing P-NAPs and network operations centers across
       disparate geographic areas.
 
     We may be unsuccessful in our efforts to address the risks associated with
our currently proposed international operations and our international sales
growth may therefore be limited.
 
     IF WE FAIL TO ADEQUATELY PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, WE MAY LOSE
     RIGHTS TO SOME OF OUR MOST VALUABLE ASSETS
 
     We believe that patents and other intellectual property rights are
important to our business and our future success. We file patent applications to
protect our technology, inventions and improvements to inventions that we
consider important to our business. The United States Patent and Trademark
Office, USPTO, has recently notified us that it has allowed the claims in our
initial patent application. Additional claims that were included by amendment in
that application are still pending. We cannot assure you that the USPTO will
allow any additional claims under our patent application, or, if allowed, that
any patent issued may not provide significant proprietary protection or
commercial
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   17
 
advantage to us. It is possible that any patents that have been or may be issued
to us could still be successfully challenged by third parties, which could
result in our loss of the right to prevent others from exploiting the inventions
claimed in those patents. Further, current and future competitors may
independently develop similar technologies, duplicate our services and products
or design around any patents that may be issued to us. In addition, effective
patent protection may not be available in every country in which we intend to do
business.
 
     In addition to patent protection, we believe the protection of our
copyrightable materials, trademarks and trade secrets is important to our future
success. We rely on a combination of laws, such as copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws and contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality
agreements and licenses, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. In
particular, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our
employees and nondisclosure agreements with our customers and corporations with
whom we have strategic relationships. In addition, we generally register our
important trademarks with the USPTO to preserve their value and establish proof
of our ownership and use of these trademarks. Any trademarks that may be issued
to us may not provide significant proprietary protection or commercial advantage
to us. Despite any precautions that we have taken, intellectual property laws
and contractual restrictions may not be sufficient to prevent misappropriation
of our technology or deter others from developing similar technology.
 
     WE MAY FACE LITIGATION AND LIABILITY DUE TO CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD
     PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
     The telecommunications industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent
infringement. From time to time, third parties may assert patent, copyright,
trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are
important to our business. Any claims that our services infringe or may infringe
proprietary rights of third parties, with or without merit, could be
time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert the efforts of our technical
and management personnel or require us to enter into royalty or licensing
agreements, any of which could significantly harm our operating results. In
addition, in our customer agreements, we agree to indemnify our customers for
any expenses or liabilities resulting from claimed infringement of patents,
trademarks or copyrights of third parties. If a claim against us were to be
successful and we were not able to obtain a license to the relevant or a
substitute technology on acceptable terms or redesign our products to avoid
infringement, our ability to compete successfully in our competitive market
would be impaired.
 
     BECAUSE WE DEPEND ON THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS FOR KEY COMPONENTS OF OUR
     NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE, FAILURES OF THESE SUPPLIERS TO DELIVER THEIR
     COMPONENTS AS AGREED COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO PROVIDE OUR SERVICES ON A
     COMPETITIVE AND TIMELY BASIS
 
     Any failure to obtain required products or services from third party
suppliers on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost would affect our ability
to provide our Internet connectivity services on a competitive and timely basis.
We are dependent on other companies to supply various key components of our
infrastructure, including the local loops between our P-NAPs and our Internet
backbone providers and between our P-NAPs and our customers' networks. In
addition, the routers and switches used in our network infrastructure are
currently supplied by a limited number of vendors, including Cisco Systems, Inc.
Additional sources of these products may not be available in the future on
satisfactory terms, if at all. We purchase these products pursuant to purchase
orders placed from time to time. We do not carry significant inventories of
these products, and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our vendors.
We have in the past experienced delays in receiving shipments of equipment
purchased. To date, these delays have neither been material nor have adversely
affected us, but these delays could affect our ability to deploy P-NAPs in the
future on a timely basis. If Cisco Systems does not provide us with its routers,
or if our limited source
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   18
 
suppliers fail to provide products or services that comply with evolving
Internet and telecommunications standards or that interoperate with other
products or services we use in our network infrastructure, we may be unable to
meet our customer service commitments.
 
     WE MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL IN THE FUTURE AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
     SECURE ADEQUATE FUNDS ON TERMS ACCEPTABLE TO US
 
     The expansion and development of our business will require significant
capital, which we may be unable to obtain, to fund our capital expenditures and
operations, including working capital needs. Our principal capital expenditures
and lease payments include the purchase, lease and installation of network
equipment such as routers, telecommunications equipment and other computer
equipment. The timing and amount of our future capital requirements may vary
significantly depending on numerous factors, including regulatory,
technological, competitive and other developments in our industry. During the
next twelve months, we expect to meet our cash requirements with existing cash,
cash equivalents and short-term investments, the net proceeds from this offering
and cash flow from sales of our services. However, our capital requirements
depend on several factors, including the rate of market acceptance of our
services, the ability to expand our customer base, the rate of deployment of
additional P-NAPs and other factors. If our capital requirements vary materially
from those currently planned, or if we fail to generate sufficient cash flow
from the sales of our services, we may require additional financing sooner than
anticipated or we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our development
and expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities.
 
     We may not be able to obtain future equity or debt financing on favorable
terms, if at all. In addition, our credit agreement contains covenants
restricting our ability to incur further indebtedness. Future borrowing
instruments such as credit facilities and lease agreements are likely to contain
similar or more restrictive covenants and will likely require us to pledge
assets as security for borrowings thereunder. Our inability to obtain additional
capital on satisfactory terms may delay or prevent the expansion of our
business.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY
 
     BECAUSE THE DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES DEPENDS ON CONTINUED GROWTH IN USE OF
     THE INTERNET, A SLOWING OF THIS GROWTH COULD HARM THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
     DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES
 
     Critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet remain
unresolved and may hinder the growth of Internet use, especially in the business
market we target. Despite growing interest in the varied commercial uses of the
Internet, many businesses have been deterred from purchasing Internet
connectivity services for a number of reasons, including inconsistent or
unreliable quality of service, lack of availability of cost-effective,
high-speed options, a limited number of local access points for corporate users,
inability to integrate business applications on the Internet, the need to deal
with multiple and frequently incompatible vendors and a lack of tools to
simplify Internet access and use. Capacity constraints caused by growth in the
use of the Internet may, if left unresolved, impede further development of the
Internet to the extent that users experience delays, transmission errors and
other difficulties. Further, the adoption of the Internet for commerce and
communications, particularly by those individuals and enterprises that have
historically relied upon alternative means of commerce and communication,
generally requires an understanding and acceptance of a new way of conducting
business and exchanging information. In particular, enterprises that have
already invested substantial resources in other means of conducting commerce and
exchanging information may be particularly reluctant or slow to adopt a new
strategy that may make their existing personnel and infrastructure obsolete. The
failure of the market for business related Internet solutions to further develop
could cause our revenues to grow more slowly than anticipated and reduce the
demand for our services.
 
                                       13

<PAGE>   19
 
     BECAUSE THE INTERNET CONNECTIVITY MARKET IS NEW AND ITS VIABILITY IS
     UNCERTAIN, THERE IS A RISK THAT OUR SERVICES MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED
 
     We face the risk that the market for high performance Internet connectivity
services might fail to develop, or develop more slowly than expected, or that
our services may not achieve widespread market acceptance. This market has only
recently begun to develop, is evolving rapidly and likely will be characterized
by an increasing number of entrants. There is significant uncertainty as to
whether this market ultimately will prove to be viable or, if it becomes viable,
that it will grow. Furthermore, we may be unable to market and sell our services
successfully and cost-effectively to a sufficiently large number of customers.
We typically charge more for our services than do our competitors, which may
affect market acceptance of our services. Finally, if the Internet becomes
subject to a form of central management, or if the Internet backbone providers
establish an economic settlement arrangement regarding the exchange of traffic
between backbones, the problems of congestion, latency and data loss addressed
by our Internet connectivity services could be largely resolved and our core
business rendered obsolete.
 
     IF WE ARE UNABLE TO RESPOND EFFECTIVELY AND ON A TIMELY BASIS TO RAPID
     TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE, WE MAY LOSE OR FAIL TO ESTABLISH A COMPETITIVE
     ADVANTAGE IN OUR MARKET
 
     The Internet connectivity industry is characterized by rapidly changing
technology, industry standards, customer needs and competition, as well as by
frequent new product and service introductions. We may be unable to successfully
use or develop new technologies, adapt our network infrastructure to changing
customer requirements and industry standards, introduce new services or enhance
our existing services on a timely basis. Furthermore, new technologies or
enhancements that we use or develop may not gain market acceptance. Our pursuit
of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense,
and we may be unable to successfully adapt our network and services to alternate
access devices and technologies.
 
     If our services do not continue to be compatible and interoperable with
products and architectures offered by other industry members, our ability to
compete could be impaired. Our ability to compete successfully is dependent, in
part, upon the continued compatibility and interoperability of our services with
products and architectures offered by various other industry participants.
Although we intend to support emerging standards in the market for Internet
connectivity, we cannot assure you that we will be able to conform to new
standards in a timely fashion, if at all, or maintain a competitive position in
the market.
 
     NEW TECHNOLOGIES COULD DISPLACE OUR SERVICES OR RENDER THEM OBSOLETE
 
     New technologies and industry standards have the potential to replace or
provide lower cost alternatives to our services. The adoption of such new
technologies or industry standards could render our existing services obsolete
and unmarketable. For example, our services rely on the continued widespread
commercial use of the set of protocols, services and applications for linking
computers known as Transmission Control Protocol/Internetwork Protocol, or
TCP/IP. Alternative sets of protocols, services and applications for linking
computers could emerge and become widely adopted. A resulting reduction in the
use of TCP/IP could render our services obsolete and unmarketable. Our failure
to anticipate the prevailing standard or the failure of a common standard to
emerge could hurt our business. Further, we anticipate the introduction of other
new technologies, such as telephone and facsimile capabilities, private
networks, multimedia document distribution and transmission of audio and video
feeds, requiring broadband access to the Internet, but we cannot assure you that
such technologies will create opportunities for us.
 
                                       14

<PAGE>   20
 
     SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS CAUSED BY SYSTEM FAILURES COULD HARM CUSTOMER
     RELATIONS, EXPOSE US TO LIABILITY AND INCREASE OUR CAPITAL COSTS
 
     Interruptions in service to our customers could harm our customer
relations, expose us to potential lawsuits and require us to spend more money
adding redundant facilities. Our operations depend upon our ability to protect
our customers' data and equipment, our equipment and our network infrastructure,
including our connections to our backbone providers, against damage from human
error or "acts of God." Even if we take precautions, the occurrence of a natural
disaster or other unanticipated problem could result in interruptions in the
services we provide to our customers.
 
     Although we have built redundancy into our network and hosting facilities,
we do not have a formal disaster recovery plan and our network is currently
subject to various single points of failure. For example, a problem with one or
more of our backbone providers could cause an interruption in the services we
provide to some of our customers.
 
     CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS COULD HARM CUSTOMER RELATIONS AND EXPOSE US TO
     LIABILITY
 
     Failure of the backbone providers and other Internet infrastructure
companies to continue to grow in an orderly manner could result in capacity
constraints leading to service interruptions to our customers. Although the
national telecommunications networks and Internet infrastructures have
historically developed in an orderly manner, there is no guarantee that this
orderly growth will continue as more services, users and equipment connect to
the networks. Failure by our telecommunications and Internet service providers
to provide us with the data communications capacity we require could cause
service interruptions.
 
     OUR NETWORK AND SOFTWARE ARE VULNERABLE TO SECURITY BREACHES AND SIMILAR
     THREATS WHICH COULD RESULT IN OUR LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES AND HARM OUR
     REPUTATION
 
     Despite the implementation of network security measures, the core of our
network infrastructure is vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins, network
attacks and similar disruptive problems. This could result in our liability for
damages, and our reputation could suffer, thereby deterring potential customers
from working with us. Security problems caused by third parties could lead to
interruptions and delays or to the cessation of service to our customers.
Furthermore, inappropriate use of the network by third parties could also
jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our computer
systems and in those of our customers.
 
     Although we intend to continue to implement industry-standard security
measures, in the past some of these industry-standard measures have occasionally
been circumvented by third parties, although not in our system. Therefore, we
cannot assure you that the measures we implement will not be circumvented. The
costs and resources required to eliminate computer viruses and alleviate other
security problems may result in interruptions, delays or cessation of service to
our customers, which could hurt our business.
 
     SHOULD THE GOVERNMENT MODIFY OR INCREASE ITS REGULATION OF THE INTERNET,
     THE PROVISION OF OUR SERVICES COULD BECOME MORE COSTLY
 
     There is currently only a small body of laws and regulations directly
applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet, international, federal, state and
local governments may adopt laws and regulations which affect the Internet. The
nature of any new laws and regulations and the manner in which existing and new
laws and regulations may be interpreted and enforced cannot be fully determined.
The adoption of any future laws or regulations might decrease the growth of the
Internet, decrease demand for our services, impose taxes or other costly
technical requirements or otherwise increase the cost of doing business on the
Internet or in some other manner have a significantly harmful effect on us or
our customers. The
 
                                       15

<PAGE>   21
 
government may also seek to regulate some segments of our activities as it has
with basic telecommunications services. Moreover, the applicability to the
Internet of existing laws governing intellectual property ownership and
infringement, copyright, trademark, trade secret, obscenity, libel, employment,
personal privacy and other issues is uncertain and developing. We cannot predict
the impact, if any, that future regulation or regulatory changes may have on our
business.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR OFFERING
 
     OUR STOCK HAS NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET; YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL YOUR
     STOCK AT OR ABOVE THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
 
     Before this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our
common stock, and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop
or be sustained after this offering. Further, the market price of our common
stock may decline below our initial public offering price. The initial public
offering price will be determined by negotiations between the representatives of
the underwriters and us. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to
be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
 
     INTERNET RELATED STOCK PRICES ARE ESPECIALLY VOLATILE, AND THIS VOLATILITY
     MAY DEPRESS OUR STOCK PRICE
 
     The stock market and specifically the stock prices of Internet related
companies have been very volatile. This volatility is often not related to the
operating performance of the companies. This broad market volatility and
industry volatility may reduce the price of our common stock, without regard to
our operating performance. Due to this volatility, the market price of our
common stock could significantly decrease.
 
     SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS AND CURRENT MANAGEMENT WILL CONTROL APPROXIMATELY
     60% OF OUR COMMON STOCK AFTER THIS OFFERING, AND THEIR CONTROL MAY LIMIT
     YOUR ABILITY TO INFLUENCE THE OUTCOME OF MATTERS REQUIRING SHAREHOLDER
     APPROVAL
 
   
     Immediately following this offering, Morgan Stanley Venture Partners III,
L.P. and certain affiliated funds, collectively, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
Venture Partners, H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P., Oak Investment Partners VIII,
L.P., Vulcan Ventures Incorporated and Robert J. Lunday, Jr. will beneficially
own approximately 14.9%, 11.4%, 9.6%, 7.9% and 9.3%, respectively, of our
outstanding common stock. See "Principal Shareholders" and "Underwriters". In
addition, our executive officers and directors may be deemed to beneficially own
in the aggregate approximately 59.2% of our outstanding common stock, including
shares of our common stock that may be deemed to be owned by some of our
officers and directors as a result of their relationships with these entities.
Accordingly, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners, H&Q InterNAP
Investors, L.P., Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P., Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated and Robert J. Lunday, Jr. and our executive officers and directors,
whether acting alone or together, will be able to exert considerable influence
over any shareholder vote, including any vote on the election or removal of
directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of
our assets, and control our management and affairs. This control could limit
your ability to influence the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval.
Each of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners, H&Q InterNAP Investors,
L.P., Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P. and Vulcan Ventures Incorporated has
one representative on our board of directors. In addition, Robert J. Lunday, Jr.
is one of our directors.
    
 
     FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK BY OUR EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS COULD CAUSE
     OUR STOCK PRICE TO FALL
 
     If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including
shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, the market
price of our common stock may fall.
 
                                       16

<PAGE>   22
 
   
Such sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or
equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem
appropriate. After completion of this offering and our private placement to
Inktomi, we will have 63,526,100 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no
exercise of outstanding options or warrants after August 31, 1999. The officers,
directors and certain of our shareholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise
dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, however, may in its own
discretion, at any time and in most cases without notice, release all or any
portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements. For further information
regarding sales of stock subsequent to this offering, see "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
    
 
     OUR MANAGEMENT HAS BROAD DISCRETION IN THE APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS, WHICH
     MAY INCREASE THE RISK THAT THE PROCEEDS WILL NOT BE APPLIED EFFECTIVELY
 
     The net proceeds of this offering are not allocated for specific purposes.
Our management will have broad discretion in determining how to spend the
proceeds of this offering and may spend proceeds in a manner that our
shareholders may not deem desirable.
 
     YOU WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND SIGNIFICANT DILUTION OF BOOK VALUE PER
     SHARE
 
   
     The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially
higher than the net tangible book value per share of the outstanding common
stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, based upon an assumed initial
public offering price of $18.00 per share, if you purchase our common stock in
this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $15.15 per share. If
additional shares are sold by the underwriters following exercise of their
over-allotment option, or if outstanding options or warrants to purchase shares
of common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution.
    
 
     WE HAVE IMPLEMENTED ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS THAT MAY DISCOURAGE TAKE-OVER
     ATTEMPTS AND DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR STOCK
 
     Provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and
by-laws, as well as provisions of Washington law, may make it more difficult for
a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our
shareholders. See "Descriptions of Capital Stock" for a discussion of such
anti-takeover provisions.
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements
relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you
can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will,"
"should," "except," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict,"
"potential" or "continue," the negative of such terms or other comparable
terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may
differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically
consider various factors, including the risks outlined under "Risk Factors."
These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any
forward-looking statement.
 
     Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person
assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking
statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements
after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to actual results
or to changes in our expectations.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>   23
 

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to be received by us from the sale of 8,700,000 shares of
common stock in this offering are estimated to be $144.5 million ($166.4 million
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), at an assumed
initial public offering price of $18.00 per share and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us. In addition, the net proceeds to be received by us from the sale of
1,194,743 shares of common stock in a private placement to Inktomi are estimated
to be $19.0 million, at an assumed private placement price of $16.74 per share
and after deducting a placement fee of $1.0 million payable by us.
    
 
     We expect to use approximately $40 million of our net proceeds for capital
expenditures associated with expansion of our network. We intend to use the
remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes. The amounts we actually
expend for this expansion and other purposes may vary significantly and will
depend on a number of factors, including the amount of our future revenues and
other factors described under "Risk Factors." Accordingly, our management will
retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering.
A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in
complementary businesses, technologies, product lines or products. We have no
current plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions, and
we are not currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to any such
transaction. Pending these uses, the net proceeds of this offering will be
invested in short term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities.
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     We have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We
currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the growth and
development of our business and therefore do not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security
agreement with a commercial bank prohibits the payment of dividends.
 
                                       18

<PAGE>   24
 

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 1999:
 
     - on an actual basis,
 
     - on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion upon the closing of this
       offering of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 49,469,479
       shares of common stock; and
 
   
     - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of 8,700,000 shares
       of the common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public
       offering price of $18.00 per share, the sale of 1,194,743 shares of
       common stock to Inktomi in a private placement at an assumed price of
       $16.74 per share, and the receipt of the net proceeds therefrom, after
       deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
       offering expenses payable by us.
    
 
     This information should be read in conjunction with our unaudited financial
statements and our unaudited pro forma financial information included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                         ACTUAL      PRO FORMA      AS ADJUSTED
                                                        --------   --------------   -----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>              <C>
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.......  $  6,776      $  6,776       $  6,776
                                                        --------      --------       --------
Shareholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock: $.001 par value per
     share, 50,069,615 shares authorized, 49,469,479
     issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares
     authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro
     forma and pro forma as adjusted..................        50            --             --
  Common stock: $.001 par value per share, 300,000,000
     shares authorized, 4,031,749 issued and
     outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares
     authorized, 53,501,228 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma; and 500,000,000 shares
     authorized, 63,395,971 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma as adjusted...............         4            54             63
  Additional paid-in capital..........................    57,023        57,023        220,552
  Deferred stock compensation.........................   (14,113)      (14,113)       (14,113)
  Accumulated deficit.................................   (25,690)      (25,690)       (25,690)
                                                        --------      --------       --------
     Total shareholders' equity.......................    17,274        17,274        180,812
                                                        --------      --------       --------
          Total capitalization........................  $ 24,050      $ 24,050       $187,588
                                                        ========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

    
 
     This capitalization table excludes the following shares as of June 30,
1999:
 
     - 6,136,622 shares subject to options with a weighted average exercise
       price of $1.58 per share;
 
     - 6,703,296 shares that could be issued under our stock plans; and
 
     - 600,136 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a
       weighted average exercise price of $.60 per share. See "Description of
       Capital Stock" and "Management -- Incentive Stock Plans."
 
   
     The foregoing information excludes a warrant to purchase 597,372 shares of
common stock that will be issued to Inktomi as part of the private placement
that will close at the same time or immediately after the closing of our initial
public offering and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock issued
to seven shareholders in connection with our standby credit facility.
    
 
                                       19

<PAGE>   25
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 1999 was approximately
$17.2 million, or approximately $.32 per share of common stock. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common
stock, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
common stock. After giving effect to our sale of the 8,700,000 shares of common
stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per
share, the sale of 1,194,743 shares to Inktomi in a private placement at an
assumed price of $16.74 per share, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 1999
would have been approximately $180.7 million, or $2.85 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.53 per share
to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $15.15 per share to new
investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
    Assumed initial public offering price per share.............          $18.00
      Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
         1999...................................................  $ .32
      Increase per share attributable to Inktomi................    .34
      Increase per share attributable to new investors..........   2.19
                                                                  -----
    Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
      after this offering.......................................            2.85
                                                                          ------
    Dilution per share to new investors.........................          $15.15
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

    
 
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1999,
the differences between existing shareholders, Inktomi, and the purchasers of
shares in this offering. With respect to the number of shares of common stock
purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid,
before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us:
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE
                                 ---------------------    -----------------------    PRICE PER
                                   NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT       PERCENT      SHARE
                                 ----------    -------    ------------    -------    ---------
<S>                              <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
Existing shareholders..........  53,501,228       84%     $ 40,948,275       19%      $  .77
Inktomi........................   1,194,743        2        20,000,000        9        16.74
New investors..................   8,700,000       14       156,600,000       72        18.00
                                 ----------      ---      ------------      ---
          Total................  63,395,971      100%     $217,548,275      100%
                                 ==========      ===      ============      ===
</TABLE>

    
 
     The foregoing discussion and tables assume no exercise of any stock options
or warrants outstanding as of June 30, 1999. As of June 30, 1999, there were
options outstanding to purchase a total of 6,136,622 shares with a weighted
average exercise price of $1.58 per share and warrants outstanding to purchase a
total of 600,136 shares with a weighted average exercise price of $.60 per
share. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, there
will be further dilution to new investors.
 
   
     The foregoing information excludes a warrant to purchase 597,372 shares of
common stock that will be issued to Inktomi in connection with the private
placement that will close at the same time or immediately after the closing of
our initial public offering and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common
stock issued to seven shareholders in connection with our standby credit
facility.
    
 
                                       20

<PAGE>   26
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The following selected financial data are qualified by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, our financial statements and the notes
thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of
operations data presented below for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the
selected balance sheet data at December 31, 1997 and 1998 are derived from our
financial statements that have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
balance sheet data at December 31, 1996 are derived from our financial
statements that have also been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and that
are not included in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data
for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 and the balance sheet data at
June 30, 1999 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements include, in the
opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial
position and results of operations for these periods. The financial data for the
six months ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of the results
that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 1999 or any other future
period.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                  PERIOD FROM INCEPTION      DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                    (MAY 1, 1996) TO      ------------------    -------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1996      1997       1998       1998        1999
                                                  ---------------------   -------    -------    -------    --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                               <C>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues........................................          $  44           $ 1,045    $ 1,957    $   731    $  3,410
                                                          -----           -------    -------    -------    --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of network and customer support..........            321             1,092      3,216        994       7,906
  Product development...........................            184               389        754        318       1,395
  Sales and marketing...........................             78               261      2,822        352       5,869
  General and administrative....................            378               713      1,910        594       2,905
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation...             --                --        205         19       1,787
                                                          -----           -------    -------    -------    --------
         Total operating costs and expenses.....            961             2,455      8,907      2,277      19,862
                                                          -----           -------    -------    -------    --------
Loss from operations............................           (917)           (1,410)    (6,950)    (1,546)    (16,452)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income...............................              6                36        169        121         450
  Interest and financing expense................            (48)             (235)       (90)       (36)       (147)
  Loss on disposal of assets....................             --                --       (102)        --          --
                                                          -----           -------    -------    -------    --------
Net loss........................................          $(959)          $(1,609)   $(6,973)   $(1,461)   $(16,149)
                                                          =====           =======    =======    =======    ========
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1).........          $(.29)          $  (.48)   $ (2.09)   $  (.44)   $  (4.78)
                                                          =====           =======    =======    =======    ========
Weighted average shares used to compute basic
  and diluted net loss per share(1).............          3,333             3,333      3,336      3,336       3,378
                                                          =====           =======    =======    =======    ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
  share(2)......................................                                     $  (.31)              $   (.34)
                                                                                     =======               ========
Weighted average shares used in computing pro
  forma basic and diluted net loss per
  share(2)......................................                                      22,733                 47,771
                                                                                     =======               ========
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------    AS OF JUNE 30,
                                                               1996      1997      1998          1999
                                                              ------    ------    ------    --------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...........  $  145    $4,770    $  275       $13,296
Total assets................................................   1,099     5,987     7,487        30,830
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.............     421       240     2,342         6,776
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........................      43     4,829      (436)       17,274
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) See note 1 of notes to financial statements for a description of the
    computation of basic and diluted net loss per share and the number of shares
    used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share.
(2) Pro forma per share calculations reflect the conversion of preferred stock
    into shares of common stock as if the conversion occurred as of the date of
    original issuance.
 
                                       21

<PAGE>   27
 

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our
financial statements, including the notes, appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. Some information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to
our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes
forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. See "Risk
Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results
to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the
forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     We are a leading provider of fast, reliable and centrally managed Internet
connectivity services targeted at businesses seeking to maximize the performance
of mission-critical Internet-based applications. Customers connected to one of
our P-NAPs have their data optimally routed to and from destinations on the
Internet in a manner that minimizes the use of congested public network access
points and private peering points. This optimal routing of data traffic over the
multiplicity of networks that comprise the Internet enables higher transmission
speeds, lower instances of packet loss and greater quality of service. As of
June 30, 1999, we provided our high quality Internet connectivity services to
approximately 120 customers, including Amazon.com, Fidelity Investments, Go2Net,
ITXC, Nasdaq, TheStreet.com and WebTV Networks.
 
     We were founded in May 1996 and began selling Internet connectivity
services from our first P-NAP, located in Seattle, during October 1996. We began
selling services from our second and third P-NAPs in New York City and San Jose
by December 1998. During the first six months of 1999, we began selling services
from our P-NAPs located in the Washington D.C., Los Angeles, Chicago and Boston
metropolitan areas. We began selling services from our eighth P-NAP in Atlanta
in August 1999. In addition, we expect to complete the deployment of four
additional P-NAPs in the United States by the end of 1999, bringing the total
number of revenue-generating P-NAPs to 12 by the end of 1999. In a March 9, 1999
interview with CNNfn our Chief Executive Officer stated that we expected to have
operational P-NAPs in a total of about 16 or 17 cities by the end of the year.
At the time he made this comment, we did not define an operational P-NAP as one
that is connected to at least two of the following four backbone providers:
UUNET, Sprint, Cable & Wireless USA and GTE. Therefore, the number of P-NAPs our
Chief Executive Officer discussed on CNNfn to be operational by the end of 1999
exceeded the 12 P-NAPs we currently expect to be operational because his comment
was not based on this criterion.
 
     After we decide to open a new P-NAP, we enter into a deployment phase which
typically lasts four to six months, during which time we undertake to complete
the necessary arrangements required to make the P-NAP commercially ready for
service. Among other things, this usually entails obtaining co-location space to
locate our equipment, entering into agreements with backbone providers,
obtaining local loop connections from local telecommunications providers,
building P-NAPs and initiating pre-sales and marketing activities. Consequently,
we usually incur a significant amount of upfront costs related to making a P-NAP
commercially ready for service prior to generating revenues. Costs during this
period can vary depending on the size of the market, but are approximately $2.5
million, including capital expenditures. Therefore, our results of operations
will be negatively affected during times of P-NAP deployment.
 
     Our customers are primarily businesses that desire high performance
Internet connectivity services in order to run mission-critical Internet-based
applications. Due to our high quality of service we generally price our services
at a premium to providers of conventional Internet connectivity
 
                                       22

<PAGE>   28
 
services. We expect to remain a premium provider of high quality Internet
connectivity services and anticipate continuing our pricing policy in the
future. We believe customers will continue to demand the highest quality of
service as their Internet connectivity needs grow and become even more complex
and, as such, will continue to pay a premium for high quality of service.
 
     Our revenues are generated primarily from the sale of Internet connectivity
services and, to a lesser extent, other ancillary services primarily provided
from our Seattle data center, such as co-location, web hosting and server
management services, and installation services at fixed rate or usage based
pricing to our customers that desire a DS-3 or faster connection. We offer T-1
connections only at a fixed rate. We recognize our revenues when we have
provided the related services.
 
     Network and customer support costs are primarily comprised of the costs for
connecting to and accessing Internet backbone providers, as well as the costs
related to deploying, operating, installing and maintaining P-NAPs and our
network operations center. To the extent a P-NAP is located a distance from the
respective Internet backbone providers, we may incur additional local loop
charges on a recurring basis. Additionally, rental fees and depreciation costs
related to our P-NAPs are included in cost of network and customer support.
 
     Product development costs consist principally of compensation and other
personnel costs, consultant fees and prototype costs related to the design,
development and testing of our proprietary technology, enhancement of our
network management software and development of our internal systems.
Significantly all of our product development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
     Sales and marketing costs consist of compensation, commissions and other
costs for personnel engaged in marketing, sales and field service support
functions, as well as advertising, tradeshows, direct response programs, new
P-NAP launch events, management of our web site and other promotional costs.
 
     General and administrative costs consist primarily of compensation and
other expenses for executive, finance, human resources and administrative
personnel, professional fees and other general corporate costs.
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June 30,
1999, in connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees, we
recorded deferred stock compensation totaling $16.1 million, representing the
difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock on the date such
options were granted and the exercise price. Such amount is included as a
reduction of shareholders' equity and is being amortized over the vesting period
of the individual options, generally four years, using an accelerated method as
described in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28. We
recorded amortization of deferred stock compensation in the amount of $205,000
for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $1.8 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1999. At June 30, 1999, we had a total of $14.1 million remaining to be
amortized over the corresponding vesting periods of the stock options.
 
     The revenue and income potential of our business and market is unproven,
and our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects.
We have only been in existence since 1996, and our services are only offered in
limited regions. We have incurred net losses in each quarterly and annual period
since our inception, and as of June 30, 1999, our accumulated deficit was $25.7
million.
 
                                       23

<PAGE>   29
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following tables set forth our statement of operations data for the six
quarters ended June 30, 1999, as well as the percentage of total revenues
represented by each item. This information has been derived from our unaudited
financial statements. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited financial
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a
fair presentation of such information. The quarterly data should be read in
conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for any one
quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any
future period.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    MAR. 31,   JUN. 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUN. 30,
                                                      1998       1998       1998        1998       1999       1999
                                                    --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..........................................   $  314     $  417     $   472    $   754    $ 1,244    $  2,166
                                                     ------     ------     -------    -------    -------    --------
Costs and expenses:
  Costs of network and customer support...........      440        554         797      1,425      2,346       5,560
  Product development.............................      160        158         187        249        565         830
  Sales and marketing.............................      128        224         715      1,755      2,236       3,633
  General and administrative......................      235        359         487        829      1,172       1,733
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation.....       10          9         110         76        349       1,438
                                                     ------     ------     -------    -------    -------    --------
         Total operating costs and expenses.......      973      1,304       2,296      4,334      6,668      13,194
                                                     ------     ------     -------    -------    -------    --------
Loss from operations..............................     (659)      (887)     (1,824)    (3,580)    (5,424)    (11,028)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income.................................       65         56          38         10        206         244
  Interest and financing expense..................      (12)       (24)        (27)       (27)       (57)        (90)
  Loss on disposal of assets......................       --         --          --       (102)        --          --
                                                     ------     ------     -------    -------    -------    --------
Net loss..........................................   $ (606)    $ (855)    $(1,813)   $(3,699)   $(5,275)   $(10,874)
                                                     ======     ======     =======    =======    =======    ========
Basic and diluted net loss per share..............   $(0.18)    $(0.26)    $ (0.54)   $ (1.11)   $ (1.58)   $  (3.18)
                                                     ======     ======     =======    =======    =======    ========
Weighted average shares used in computing basic
  and diluted net loss per share..................    3,335      3,337       3,337      3,337      3,337       3,420
                                                     ======     ======     =======    =======    =======    ========
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     MAR. 31,   JUN. 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUN. 30,
                                                       1998       1998       1998        1998       1999       1999
                                                     --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues...........................................     100%       100%       100%        100%       100%       100%
                                                       ----       ----       ----        ----       ----       ----
Costs and expenses:
  Costs of network and customer support............     140        133        170         189        189        257
  Product development..............................      51         38         40          33         45         38
  Sales and marketing..............................      41         54        151         233        180        168
  General and administrative.......................      75         86        103         110         94         80
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation......       3          2         23          10         28         66
                                                       ----       ----       ----        ----       ----       ----
         Total operating costs and expenses........     310        313        487         575        536        609
                                                       ----       ----       ----        ----       ----       ----
Loss from operations...............................    (210)      (213)      (387)       (475)      (436)      (509)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..................................      21         14          8           1         17         11
  Interest and financing expense...................      (4)        (6)        (5)         (4)        (5)        (4)
  Loss on disposal of assets.......................      --         --         --         (13)        --         --
                                                       ----       ----       ----        ----       ----       ----
Net loss...........................................    (193)%     (205)%     (384)%      (491)%     (424)%     (502)%
                                                       ====       ====       ====        ====       ====       ====
</TABLE>

 
                                       24

<PAGE>   30
 
     Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly. We expect
that future operating results will be subject to similar fluctuations for a
variety of factors, which are difficult or impossible to predict. See "Risk
Factors -- Negative Movements in Our Quarterly Operating Results May Disappoint
Analysts' Expectations, Which Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Stock Price."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth, as a percentage of total revenues, selected
statement of operations data for the periods indicated:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERIOD FROM       YEAR ENDED       SIX MONTHS
                                               INCEPTION       DECEMBER 31,    ENDED JUNE 30,
                                           (MAY 1, 1996) TO    ------------    --------------
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1996   1997    1998    1998     1999
                                           -----------------   ----    ----    -----    -----
<S>                                        <C>                 <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Revenues.................................          100%         100%    100%    100%     100%
                                                ------         ----    ----    ----     ----
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of network and customer support...          730          105     164     136      232
  Product development....................          418           37      39      43       41
  Sales and marketing....................          177           25     144      48      172
  General and administrative.............          859           68      98      81       85
  Amortization of deferred stock
     compensation........................           --           --      10       3       52
                                                ------         ----    ----    ----     ----
          Total operating costs and
             expenses....................        2,184          235     455     311      582
                                                ------         ----    ----    ----     ----
Loss from operations.....................       (2,084)        (135)   (355)   (211)    (482)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income........................           13            3       9      16       12
  Interest and financing expense.........         (109)         (22)     (5)     (5)      (4)
  Loss on disposal of assets.............           --           --      (5)     --       --
                                                ------         ----    ----    ----     ----
Net loss.................................       (2,180)%       (154)%  (356)%  (200)%   (474)%
                                                ======         ====    ====    ====     ====
</TABLE>

 
     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1999
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased 369% from $731,000 for the six-month period
ended June 30, 1998 to $3.4 million for the six-month period ended June 30,
1999. This increase of $2.7 million was primarily due to increased Internet
connectivity revenues. The increase in Internet connectivity revenues was
attributable to the increased sales at our existing P-NAPs and the opening of
six additional P-NAPs during 1999 and the second half of 1998, resulting in a
total of seven operational P-NAPs at June 30, 1999, as compared to one P-NAP at
June 30, 1998.
 
     Costs of Network and Customer Support. Costs of network and customer
support increased 690% from $1.0 million for the six-month period ended June 30,
1998 to $7.9 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 1999. This increase
of $6.9 million was primarily due to increased connectivity costs related to
added connections to Internet backbone providers at each P-NAP, comprising 53%
of the increase, and to a lesser extent, additional compensation costs
comprising 17% of the increase, and depreciation expense related to the
equipment at newly deployed P-NAPs comprising 10% of the increase. The increase
in compensation costs is primarily attributable to headcount changes including
10 additional personnel at our network operations center, 24 additional
personnel in our customer installation department and 21 additional personnel in
our P-NAP deployment department. Network and customer support costs as a
percentage of total revenues are generally greater than 100% for newly deployed
P-NAPs because we purchase Internet connectivity
 
                                       25

<PAGE>   31
 
capacity from the backbone providers in advance of securing new customers. We
expect these costs to increase in absolute dollars as we deploy additional
P-NAPs.
 
     Product Development. Product development costs increased 346% from $318,000
for the six-month period ended June 30, 1998, to $1.4 million for the six-month
period ended June 30, 1999. This increase of $1.1 million was primarily due to
compensation costs related to the addition of 29 personnel, comprising 45% of
the increase, and outside consulting fees, comprising 35% of the increase. We
expect product development costs to increase in absolute dollars for the
foreseeable future.
 
     Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing costs increased 1,563% from
$352,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 1998 to $5.9 million for the
six-month period ended June 30, 1999. This increase of $5.5 million was
primarily due to compensation costs related to the addition of 84 personnel,
comprising 71% of the increase, and to a lesser extent, facility costs related
to the addition of sales offices. As part of our expanded sales and marketing
activities, we hired a vice president of sales and marketing during the second
quarter of 1998 and additional sales personnel during the second half of 1998
and the first half of 1999.
 
     General and Administrative. General and administrative costs increased 387%
from $594,000 for the six-months ended June 30, 1998, to $2.9 million for the
six-month period ended June 30, 1999. This increase of $2.3 million was
primarily due to compensation costs related to the addition of 26 personnel,
comprising 39% of the change, increased depreciation and amortization costs due
to the addition of corporate office space during the third quarter of 1998,
comprising 13% of the increase, and professional services costs, comprising 10%
of the increase. We expect general and administrative costs to increase in
absolute dollars as we deploy additional P-NAPs.
 
     Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) consists of interest income,
interest and financing expense and other non-operating expenses. Other income,
net, increased 256% from $85,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 1998 to
$303,000 for the six-month period ended June 30, 1999. This increase was
primarily due to interest income earned on the proceeds from the Series C
preferred stock financing, partially offset by increased interest expense on
capital lease obligations.
 
     INCEPTION TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998
 
     Revenues. Revenues increased from $44,000 during the period from May 1,
1996 through December 31, 1996 to $1.0 million in 1997 and to $2.0 million in
1998. The 2,273% increase of $1.0 million in 1997, as compared to the period
ended December 31, 1996, and the 100% increase of $1.0 million in 1998, as
compared to 1997, were primarily due to increased Internet connectivity
revenues, comprising 75% of the 1997 increase and 76% of the 1998 increase,
other ancillary service revenues, comprising 15% of the 1997 increase and 12% of
the 1998 increase and, to a lesser extent, customer installation fees,
comprising 10% of the 1997 increase and 12% of the 1998 increase. The increase
in Internet connectivity revenues was attributable to the deployment of our
first P-NAP at the end of 1996 and of two additional P-NAPs during 1998,
resulting in a total of three operational P-NAPs at December 31, 1998.
 
     Costs of Network and Customer Support. Costs of network and customer
support increased from $321,000 during the period from May 1, 1996 through
December 31, 1996 to $1.1 million in 1997 and to $3.2 million in 1998. Costs of
network and customer support increased by $771,000, or 240%, in 1997, as
compared to the period ended December 31, 1996, and by $2.1 million, or 191%, in
1998, as compared to 1997. These increases were primarily due to increased
connectivity costs related to added connections to Internet backbone providers
at each P-NAP, comprising 70% of the 1997 increase and 40% of the 1998 increase,
and depreciation expense related to the equipment at newly
 
                                       26

<PAGE>   32
 
deployed P-NAPs, comprising 21% of the 1997 increase and 17% of the 1998
increase. In addition, the increase in costs of network and customer support
from 1997 to 1998 also included compensation costs, comprising 22% of the
increase, related to 6 additional personnel at our network operations center, 7
additional personnel in our customer installation department and 7 additional
personnel in our P-NAP deployment department.
 
     Product Development. Product development costs increased from $184,000
during the period from May 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996 to $389,000 in 1997
and to $754,000 in 1998. Product development costs increased by $205,000, or
111%, in 1997, as compared to the period ended December 31, 1996, and by
$365,000, or 94%, in 1998, as compared to 1997. These increases were primarily
due to compensation costs, comprising 99% of the 1997 increase and 67% of the
1998 increase, and increased travel costs related to developing systems at new
P-NAPs comprising 20% of the 1998 increase. The increased compensation costs
were related to the addition of 4 personnel during the latter half of 1996, 2
personnel during 1997, and 4 personnel during 1998.
 
     Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing costs increased from $78,000
during the period from May 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996 to $261,000 in 1997
and to $2.8 million in 1998. Sales and marketing costs increased by $183,000, or
235%, in 1997, as compared to the period ended December 31, 1996 and by $2.5
million, or 958%, in 1998, as compared to 1997. These increases were primarily
due to compensation costs comprising 57% of the 1997 increase and 74% of the
1998 increase, travel and entertainment costs comprising 10% of the increase in
1997 and 1998, and marketing costs related to the creation of the marketing
department, comprising 31% of the 1997 increase. The increased compensation
costs were related to the addition of 2 personnel in the latter half of 1996, 1
person during 1997, and 40 personnel during 1998.
 
     General and Administrative. General and administrative costs increased from
$378,000 during the period from May 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996 to
$713,000 in 1997 and to $1.9 million in 1998. General and administrative costs
increased by $335,000, or 89% in 1997, as compared to the period ended 1996 and
by $1.2 million, or 168%, in 1998, as compared to 1997. These increases were
primarily due to increased compensation costs, comprising 47% of the 1997
increase and 11% of the 1998 increase, depreciation and amortization, comprising
16% of the 1997 increase and 6% of the 1998 increase, facility costs, comprising
25% of the 1997 increase and 38% of the 1998 increase, outside consulting fees,
comprising 13% of the 1998 increase, travel costs related to the deployment of
new P-NAPs, comprising 13% of the 1998 increase, and bad debt expense in 1998
and the subsequent bankruptcy of a significant customer, comprising 9% of the
1998 increase. The increased compensation costs were related to the addition of
4 personnel in the latter half of 1996, and 13 personnel during the second half
of 1998.
 
     Other Income (Expense). Other expense, net, increased from $42,000 for the
period from May 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996 to $199,000 in 1997 and
decreased to $23,000 in 1998. Other expense, net, increased by $157,000, or
374%, in 1997 as compared to the period ended December 31, 1996 primarily due to
an expense of $124,000 related to the issuance of warrants to purchase Series B
preferred stock, and additional interest expense on capital lease obligations,
partially offset by additional interest income on the proceeds from the Series B
preferred stock financing. Other expense, net, decreased by $176,000, or 88%, in
1998 primarily due to increased interest income earned on the proceeds from the
Series B preferred stock financing, offset by a loss on disposal of assets of
$102,000.
 
                                       27

<PAGE>   33
 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
     We incurred operating losses from inception through June 30, 1999, and
therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes. We have recorded a
valuation allowance for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets, as the
future realization of the tax benefit is not currently likely.
 
     As of December 31, 1998, we had net operating loss carry-forwards of $7.2
million. These loss carry-forwards are available to reduce future taxable income
and expire at various dates through 2018. Under the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount
of net operating loss carry-forwards that could be utilized annually in the
future to offset taxable income.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the
issuance of our equity securities, capital leases and bank loans. We have raised
an aggregate of approximately $40.7 million, net of offering expenses, through
the sale of our equity securities.
 
     At June 30, 1999, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
of $13.3 million. We have a revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank
under which we are allowed to borrow up to $750,000. At June 30, 1999, we had
drawn $625,000 on the line of credit, with the remaining balance reserved as
collateral for our company credit cards. The line of credit requires interest
only payments at prime plus 1% and matured in May 1999. During July 1999, we
amended our existing line of credit and established a new line of credit with
the same financial institution. The new line of credit allows us to borrow up to
$3.0 million, as limited by certain borrowing base requirements which include
maintaining certain levels of monthly revenues and customer turnover ratios. The
new line of credit requires monthly payments of interest only at prime plus 1%,
9.25% as of August 31, 1999, and matures on June 30, 2000. We borrowed an
additional $900,000 on the new line of credit during July 1999.
 
     On August 23, 1999, we entered into an equipment financing arrangement with
Finova Capital Corporation allowing us to borrow up to $5.0 million for the
purchase of property and equipment. The equipment financing arrangement includes
sublimits of $3.5 million for equipment costs and $1.5 million for the
acquisition of software and other P-NAP and facility costs. Loans under the $3.5
million sublimit require monthly principal and interest payments over a term of
48 months. This facility bears interest at 7.47% plus an index rate based on the
yield of 4-year U.S. Treasury Notes, 13.11% at August 31, 1999. Loans under the
$1.5 million sublimit require monthly principal and interest payments over a
term of 36 months. This facility bears interest at 7.45% plus an index rate
based on the yield of 4-year U.S. Treasury Notes, 13.09% at August 31, 1999.
Borrowings under each sublimit must be made prior to May 1, 2000. During August
1999, we borrowed approximately $1.9 million pursuant to this arrangement.
 
   
     On September 23, 1999, we entered into a standby loan facility agreement
with 7 shareholders, including a director of ours who will also act as the
administrative agent for the facility. This facility will allow us to draw up to
$10.0 million prior to December 31, 1999 and will bear interest at prime plus
2%, 10.25% as of August 31, 1999, with principal and interest due on the earlier
of six months from the first draw or a public or private sale of stock.
Additionally, we have issued warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock
with an exercise price equal to our initial public offering share price or at a
price determined in a private sale of our stock. Further, at our option, the
facility can be extended for an additional six month term in consideration for
the issuance of warrants to purchase an additional 100,000 shares of our common
stock.
    
 
                                       28

<PAGE>   34
 
     Net cash used in operations was $13.3 million for the six months ended June
30, 1999. Net cash used in operations was $5.3 million in 1998, $1.1 million in
1997 and $679,000 in the period ended December 31, 1996. Net cash used in
operations for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was primarily due to net
operating losses, increases in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses,
partially offset by non-cash charges and an increase in accounts payable. Net
cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 1998 was primarily due
to net operating losses and increases in accounts receivable and prepaid
expenses, partially offset by non-cash charges and increases in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities. Net cash used in operations for the year ended December
31, 1997 was primarily due to net operating losses and accounts receivable,
partially offset by non-cash charges. Net cash used in operations for the period
ended December 31, 1996 was primarily due to operating losses and prepaid
expenses, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable.
 
     Net cash used in investing activities was $14.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1999. Net cash used in investing activities was $702,000 in 1998,
$141,000 in 1997 and $174,000 in the period ended December 31, 1996. Net cash
used in investing activities in each period reflects increased purchases of
property and equipment not financed by capital leases. Purchases of property and
equipment related to P-NAP deployments was primarily financed by capital leases
(such purchases are excluded from the net cash used in investing activities in
the statement of cash flows), and totaled $6.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1999, $3.6 million for the year ended 1998, $260,000 for the year ended
1997, and $740,000 for the period ended December 31, 1996. Additionally, for the
six month period ended June 30, 1999, $10.0 million was used to purchase short-
term investments.
 
     Net cash provided from financing activities was $30.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1999, $1.5 million in 1998, $5.9 million in 1997 and $1.0
million in the period ended December 31, 1996. Net cash from financing
activities primarily reflects proceeds from the private sales of our equity
securities.
 
     We expect to spend significant additional capital to recruit and train our
customer installation team and the sales force and to build out the sales
facilities related to newly deployed P-NAPs. In addition to P-NAP deployment,
although to a lesser extent, product development and the development of our
internal systems and software will continue to require significant capital
expenditures in the foreseeable future, as will the expansion of our marketing
efforts. We expect to continue to expend significant amounts of capital on
property and equipment related to the expansion of facility infrastructure,
computer equipment and for research and development laboratory and test
equipment to support on-going research and development operations.
 
     On September 17, 1999, we entered into an agreement with Inktomi to sell
$20.0 million of common stock in a private placement that will close at the same
time or immediately after the closing of our initial public offering. Inktomi
will pay the same price per share paid by the public in our initial public
offering, less an amount equivalent to the underwriting discounts and
commissions per share. We will also issue to Inktomi a warrant to purchase
additional shares of our common stock. The number of shares underlying the
warrant will be equal to 50% of the number of shares Inktomi purchases in the
private placement, and the exercise price per share will be 150% of the price
per share Inktomi pays in the private placement. The warrant will have a 2 year
term and include demand and piggyback registration rights. The agreement also
prohibits Inktomi from acquiring additional shares of our stock for a period of
2 years. We will pay a placement fee of $1.0 million upon closing of the private
placement. In addition, we have agreed to use our best efforts to complete a
technical and marketing agreement with Inktomi by November 19, 1999.
 
     We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds
from our private placement to Inktomi, together with our cash and cash
equivalents, short-term investments and funds
 
                                       29

<PAGE>   35
 
available under the revolving and capital lease lines will be sufficient to
satisfy our cash requirements for the next 12 months. Depending on our rate of
growth and cash requirements, we may require additional equity or debt financing
to meet future working capital needs, which may have a dilutive effect on our
then current shareholders. We cannot assure you that such additional financing
will be available or, if available, that such financing can be obtained on
satisfactory terms. Our management intends to invest cash in excess of current
operating requirements in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade
securities.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
     Substantially all of our cash equivalents, short-term investments and
capital lease obligations are at fixed interest rates, and therefore the fair
value of these instruments is affected by changes in market interest rates.
However, as of June 30, 1999, all of our cash equivalents mature within three
months and all of our short-term investments mature within one year. As of June
30, 1999, we believe the reported amounts of cash equivalents, short-term
investments and capital lease obligations to be reasonable approximations of
their fair values. As a result, we believe that the market risk arising from our
holdings of financial instruments is minimal.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, or SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No.
133, which will be effective for us for the fiscal years and quarters beginning
after June 15, 2000, requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those
instruments at fair value. We are assessing the requirements of SFAS No. 133 and
the effects, if any, on our financial position, results of operations and cash
flows.
 
     In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-5, or SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities." This standard requires companies to expense the costs of
start-up activities and organization costs as incurred. In general, SOP 98-5 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. The adoption of
SOP 98-5 did not have a material impact on our results of operations.
 
     In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-1, or SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This standard
requires companies to capitalize qualifying computer software costs which are
incurred during the application development stage and amortize them over the
software's estimated useful life. SOP 98-1 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1998, however early adoption is allowed. We adopted
the requirements of SOP 98-1 during 1998.
 
IMPACT OF YEAR 2000
 
     Many computers, software and other equipment include computer code in which
calendar year data is abbreviated to only two digits. As a result of this design
decision, some of these systems could fail to operate or fail to produce correct
results if "00" is interpreted to mean 1900, rather than 2000. These problems
are widely expected to increase in frequency and severity as the year 2000
approaches, and are commonly referred to as the "Year 2000 problem."
 
     General Readiness Assessment. The Year 2000 problem may affect the network
infrastructure, computers, software and other equipment that we use, operate or
maintain for our operations. As a
 
                                       30

<PAGE>   36
 
result, we have formalized our Year 2000 compliance plan, to be implemented by a
team of employees, led by our internal information technology staff, responsible
for monitoring the assessment and remediation status of our Year 2000 projects
and reporting their status to the audit committee of our board of directors.
Additionally, according to our Year 2000 compliance plan, the project team has
compiled a listing of all mission-critical items, both internally developed and
externally purchased, which may be impacted by the Year 2000 problem. We are in
the process of obtaining verification or validation from any independent third
parties whose products and services are deemed mission-critical to our processes
to assess and correct any of our Year 2000 problems or the costs associated with
these products and services. We expect to have all third party verifications, or
replacement of the related item, completed by the end of the third quarter of
1999. We believe that we have identified most of the major computers, software
applications and related equipment used in connection with our internal
operations that will need to be evaluated to determine if they must be modified,
upgraded or replaced to minimize the possibility of a material disruption to our
business. We expect to complete this process before the occurrence of any
material disruption of our business.
 
     Assessment of Internal Infrastructure. Beginning in 1998, we began
assessing the ability of our internally developed software, infrastructure and
technologies to operate properly in the year 2000. We believe that our current
internally developed software, infrastructure and technologies are Year 2000
compliant. We have completed a testing plan and expect to complete replacement
of any required components by the end of the third quarter of 1999.
Additionally, as we design and develop new products, we subject them to testing
for Year 2000 compliance and the ability to distinguish between various date
formats.
 
     Systems Other than Information Technology Systems. In addition to computers
and related systems, the operation of office and facilities equipment, such as
fax machines, telephone switches, security systems and other common devices may
be affected by the Year 2000 problem. We are currently contacting all related
third party suppliers or testing the related items. We expect to have this
process completed and necessary replacements finished by the end of third
quarter of 1999.
 
     Costs of Remediation. We estimate the total cost of completing any required
modifications, upgrades or replacements of our internal systems will not exceed
$50,000, most of which we expect to incur during calendar 1999. This estimate is
being monitored, and we will revise it as additional information becomes
available.
 
     Based on the activities described above, we do not believe that the Year
2000 problem will significantly harm our business or operating results. In
addition, we have not deferred any material information technology projects, nor
equipment purchases, as a result of our Year 2000 problem activities.
 
     Business Relationships. As part of our Year 2000 plan, we are in the
process of reviewing third-party suppliers of components used in the delivery of
our services, including AT&T, Cable and Wireless USA, Cisco Systems, Intermedia,
GTE, Sprint, PSINet, Netcom, UUNET and Verio, to identify and, to the extent
possible, resolve issues involving the Year 2000 problem. Additionally, we are
in the process of reviewing significant customers, including U.S.
Electrodynamics and Go2Net, to identify and, to the extent possible, resolve
issues involving the Year 2000 problem. However, we have limited or no control
over the actions of these third-party suppliers and customers. Thus, while we
expect that we will be able to resolve any significant Year 2000 problems with
these third parties, there can be no assurance that these business relationships
will resolve any or all Year 2000 problems before the occurrence of a material
disruption to the operation of our business. Any failure of these third parties
to timely resolve Year 2000 problems with their systems could significantly harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       31

<PAGE>   37
 
     Most Likely Consequences of Year 2000 Problems. We expect to identify and
resolve all Year 2000 problems that could significantly harm our business
operations. However, we believe that it is not possible to determine with
complete certainty that all Year 2000 problems affecting us have been identified
or corrected. The number of devices and systems that could be affected and the
interactions among these devices and systems are too numerous to address. In
addition, no one can accurately predict which Year 2000 problem-related failures
will occur or the severity, timing, duration, or financial consequences of these
potential failures. As a result, we believe that the following consequences are
possible:
 
     - a significant number of operational inconveniences and inefficiencies for
       us, our suppliers and our customers that will divert management's time
       and attention and financial and human resources from ordinary business
       activities;
 
     - possible business disputes and claims, including claims under our quality
       of service warranty, due to Year 2000 problems experienced by our
       customers and incorrectly attributed to our services or performance,
       which we believe will be resolved in the ordinary course of business;
 
     - a few serious business disputes alleging that we failed to comply with
       the terms of contracts or industry standards of performance, some of
       which could result in litigation or contract termination; and
 
     - one or more of our backbone or other telecommunication providers may
       encounter difficulties related to the Year 2000 and, as a result, may not
       be able to send data to or receive data from one or more of our P-NAPs.
 
     Contingency Plans. We are currently developing contingency plans to be
implemented if our efforts to identify and correct Year 2000 problems affecting
our internal systems are not effective. We expect to complete our contingency
plans by the end of the third quarter of 1999. Depending on the systems
affected, these plans could include:
 
     - accelerated replacement of affected equipment or software;
 
     - short to medium-term use of backup equipment and software or other
       redundant systems;
 
     - increased work hours for our personnel or the hiring of additional
       information technology staff; and
 
     - the use of contract personnel to correct, on an accelerated basis, any
       Year 2000 problems that arise or to provide interim alternate solutions
       for information system deficiencies.
 
     Our implementation of any of these contingency plans could significantly
harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       32

<PAGE>   38
 

 
                                   BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     InterNAP is a leading provider of fast, reliable and centrally managed
Internet connectivity services targeted at businesses seeking to maximize the
performance of mission-critical Internet-based applications. Customers connected
to one of our Private-Network Access Points, or P-NAPs, have their data
optimally routed to and from destinations on the Internet in a manner that
minimizes the use of congested public network access points and private peering
points. This optimal routing of data traffic over the multiplicity of networks
that comprise the Internet enables higher transmission speeds, lower instances
of data loss and greater quality of service than services offered by
conventional Internet connectivity providers. As of June 30, 1999, we provided
consistent high performance Internet connectivity services to approximately 120
customers, including Amazon.com, Fidelity Investments, Go2Net, ITXC, Nasdaq,
TheStreet.com and WebTV, each of which represented at least 1% of our June 1999
revenues.
 
     We offer our high performance Internet connectivity services at dedicated
line speeds of 1.5 Megabits per second, or Mbps, to 155 Mbps to customers
desiring a superior level of Internet performance. We provide our high
performance connectivity services through the deployment of P-NAPs, which are
highly redundant network infrastructure facilities coupled with our patented
routing technology. P-NAPs maintain high speed, dedicated connections to major
global Internet networks, commonly referred to as backbones, such as AGIS, AT&T,
Cable & Wireless USA, GTE, ICG Communications, Intermedia, PSINet, Sprint, UUNET
and Verio. In addition, we have entered into a traffic exchange interconnect
agreement with America Online, Inc. We currently operate eight P-NAPs which are
located in the Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, San Jose,
Seattle and Washington, D.C. metropolitan areas. We expect to complete the
deployment of an additional four P-NAPs in the Dallas, Miami, New York and
Philadelphia metropolitan areas by the end of 1999.
 
     We believe that our P-NAPs provide a quality of service over the public
Internet enabling our customers to realize the full potential of their existing
Internet-based applications, such as e-commerce and on-line trading. In
addition, we believe our P-NAPs will enable our customers to take advantage of
new services, such as using the Internet to make telephone calls or send
facsimiles, create private networks, distribute multimedia documents and send
and receive audio and video feeds.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     THE GROWING IMPORTANCE OF THE INTERNET FOR MISSION-CRITICAL INTERNET-BASED
     APPLICATIONS
 
     The Internet has emerged as a global medium for communications and
commerce. The growth in data that is transmitted over the Internet, or data
traffic, is driven by a number of factors, including the rapidly increasing
number of network-enabled and Internet-based applications, the growing number of
personal computers linked to the Internet, improvements in network-enabled
devices, servers and routers, and the increasing availability of broadband
connections. As an illustration of this growth, Pioneer Consulting, LLC
estimates that Internet bandwidth demand in North America will grow from 175
Gigabits per second in 1998 to 2,990 Gigabits per second in 2003, representing a
76% compound annual growth rate.
 
     Once primarily used for e-mail and retrieving information, the Internet is
now being used as a communications platform for an increasing number of
mission-critical Internet-based applications, such as those relating to
electronic commerce, private networks, telephone and facsimile capabilities,
supply chain management, customer service and project coordination. To improve
the effectiveness of
 
                                       33

<PAGE>   39
 
their mission-critical Internet-based applications, businesses are requiring
increasing levels of network performance, including speed, reliability and
manageability, across the Internet.
 
     The loss of data as it is transmitted over the Internet and inefficiencies
in transferring data across the Internet are fundamental causes of
unsatisfactory performance of Internet-based applications. Many of these
problems are caused by the architectural shortcomings of the Internet that have
led to the largely unorchestrated transfer of data traffic from one commercially
run network to another. The recent increases in network capacity and
improvements in the performance of network devices fail to address many of the
problems associated with exchanging data between the multiple networks which
comprise the Internet. Further, the popularity of the Internet has resulted in
an ever-increasing number of users transmitting rapidly increasing volumes of
data across the Internet.
 
     THE EMERGENCE OF MULTIPLE INTERNET BACKBONES
 
     The Internet originated as a restricted network designed to provide
efficient and reliable long distance data communications among the disparate
computer systems used by government funded researchers and organizations. As
businesses began to use the Internet for functions critical to their core
strategies, telecommunications companies established additional networks, or
backbones, to supplement the original public infrastructure and satisfy this
increasing demand. In this way, the original public Internet infrastructure has
grown into a "network of networks" run by numerous commercial telecommunications
companies, each of which manages its own backbone. Currently, the Internet is a
global collection of hundreds of interconnected computer networks. Of these
networks, approximately a dozen commercial backbones contain the majority of the
global addressable routes on the Internet. These backbones were developed at
great expense but are nonetheless constrained by the fundamental limitations of
the Internet's architecture. They must connect to one another, or peer, to
permit their customers to communicate with each other. Consequently, many
backbone providers have agreed to exchange large volumes of data traffic through
a limited number of public network access points.
 
     Five major public network access points are in use today, including the
Metropolitan Area Exchange East, or MAE East, near Washington, D.C. and MAE West
in San Jose. The public network access points are not centrally managed and no
single entity has the economic incentive or ability to facilitate problem
resolution, to optimize peering within the public network access points or to
bring about centralized routing administration. As a consequence of the lack of
coordination among backbones at these public peering points and in order to
avoid the increasing congestion and resulting data loss at the public network
access points, a number of the backbone providers have established private
interfaces connecting pairs of backbones for the exchange of traffic. Although
private peering arrangements are helpful for exchanging traffic, they do not
overcome the structural and economic shortcomings of the Internet.
 
     THE PROBLEM OF INEFFICIENT ROUTING OF DATA TRAFFIC ON THE INTERNET
 
     Data loss is a fundamental cause of the slowness and unreliability that are
characteristic of the Internet today. Data loss occurs when the devices handling
data lose track of packets before they can be transferred, or routed, to their
destination. When this occurs, the computer that originally sent a lost packet
will resend it until it receives confirmation of receipt by the destination
device, thus compounding the congestion. Data loss most frequently occurs at
Internet exchange points, such as public network access points and private
peering points. We believe that packet loss at the public network access points
can exceed 20% during peak hours. This can have a dramatic impact on the
effective speed at which data is transmitted over the Internet. For example,
according to an industry
 
                                       34

<PAGE>   40
 
source, downloading a file from a web site under conditions with 1% data loss
can take up to twice as long as doing so when there is no data loss.
 
     Due to the Internet's lack of central management, there is no organized
mechanism to route traffic to avoid congestion at the public network access
points and private peering points. The individual backbone providers only
control the routing of data within their backbones, and their routing practices
tend to compound the inefficiency of the Internet. When a backbone provider
receives a packet that is not destined for one of its own customers, it must
route it to another backbone provider to complete the delivery of the packet on
the Internet.
 
     Since the use of a public network access point or a private peering point
typically involves no economic settlement, a backbone provider will often route
the data to the nearest point of traffic exchange, in an effort to get the
packet off its network and onto a competitor's backbone as quickly as possible.
In this manner, the backbone provider reduces capacity and management burdens on
its transport network. Consequently, in order to complete a communication, data
ordinarily passes through multiple networks and peering points without regard to
congestion or other factors that inhibit performance. Further, once data leaves
a backbone destined for another network, the backbone provider has no way of
controlling the quality of the end-to-end connection. As a result, it is
virtually impossible for a single backbone provider to offer a high quality of
service across disparate networks. For customers of conventional Internet
connectivity providers, this results in lost data, slower and more erratic
transmission speeds, and an overall lower quality of service. Equally important,
these customers have no control over these arrangements and have no single point
of contact that they can hold accountable for any decrease in service levels,
such as poor data transmission performance. An example of routing over the
Internet is depicted in the figure below.
 
[Graphic on page 36 depicting an example of routing over the Internet]
 
The Inefficiencies of the Internet Today:
A. Backbone A passes off the ISP Customer request for data at the nearest public
   or private with Backbone B, regardless of congestion or performance problems
   occurring at the exchange.
  Free private peering provides no economic settlement between 2 networks,
  thereby resulting in "best effort" delivery with no guarantees or
  accountability for poor performance or lost data.
B. Using an asymmetric return route, Backbone B passes off the ISP Customer
   request at a public peering exchange forcing the data to transit across yet
   another potentially congested network infrastructure.
 
                                   [GRAPHIC]
     The Internet is rapidly becoming a critically important medium for
communications and commerce. However, businesses are unable to benefit from the
full potential of the Internet primarily because peering and routing practices,
current routing technologies, and the Internet's architecture were not designed
to support today's large and rapidly growing volume of traffic. We believe the
emergence of technologies and applications that rely on network quality and
require consistent and
 
                                       35

<PAGE>   41
 
high speed data transfer, such as voice and fax over Internet Protocol, virtual
private network services, multimedia document distribution and audio and video
streaming, will be hindered by the performance problems of the Internet. We also
believe the future of Internet connectivity services will be driven by providers
that, through high performance Internet routing services, provide consistent
high quality of service and enable businesses to successfully execute their
mission-critical Internet-based applications over the public network
infrastructures.
 
THE INTERNAP SOLUTION
 
     We are a leading provider of fast, reliable and centrally managed Internet
connectivity services targeted at businesses seeking to maximize the performance
of mission-critical Internet-based applications. Utilizing our proprietary
network architecture and advanced routing technologies, we route our customers'
data in an optimal manner over the Internet. We currently operate eight P-NAPs
across the United States. Our P-NAP network model is depicted below:
 
[Graphic on page 37 depicting P-NAP routing method]
The InterNAP Solution:
A. The P-NAP intelligently routes data transmissions between the ISP customer
   and the P-NAP customer Web Site, bypassing congested and unreliable public
   NAPs and private peering relationships.
B. The P-NAP intelligently routes data transmissions between the Web Site and
   the P-NAP ISP Customer, bypassing congested and unreliable public and private
   peering relationships.
C. For ISPs and Web Sites that are customers of the same P-NAP, data
   transmissions occur within the local P-NAP infrastructure, bypassing the
   Internet entirely.
 
                                   [GRAPHIC]
 
     By connecting to one of our P-NAPs, mission-critical inbound and outbound
data transmissions travel an optimal route to and from destinations on the
Internet. This optimal routing of data traffic over the Internet enables higher
transmission speeds, lower instances of data loss and greater quality of
service. Our high performance Internet connectivity services provide the
following key advantages:
 
     High Performance Connectivity. We route our customers' traffic over the
Internet in a way that we believe provides consistently greater speed, along
with superior end-to-end control, predictability and reliability, than services
offered by conventional Internet connectivity providers. Our P-NAPs have
high-speed, direct connections to major global Internet backbones. Our
proprietary technology may be used to route data directly to the Internet
backbone on which a given destination resides, thereby giving our customers
direct access to the destination network for a large majority of global Internet
addresses. This network architecture combined with our proprietary routing
technology generally bypasses congested public network access points and private
peering points, reduces data
 
                                       36

<PAGE>   42
 
loss and improves reliability and performance for our customers to any of our
multiple backbone connections. In addition, customers directly connected to the
same P-NAP get one-hop access when communicating with each other, completely
avoiding the public Internet.
 
     We use multiple connections to major backbones to create our own virtual
backbone, instead of owning or operating an expensive long-haul backbone
infrastructure. As a result, we can offer customers improved service levels by
optimally routing traffic between any two P-NAPs using our virtual backbone.
Consequently, any customer connected to any P-NAP will experience optimal public
backbone network performance in communicating with any other customer connected
to any other P-NAP. A model of InterNAP's virtual backbone created between any
two P-NAPs is depicted below:
 
[Graphic on page 38 depicting the InterNAP virtual backbone]
 
                                   [GRAPHIC]
 
     Highly Reliable Network Architecture. P-NAPs are designed with a highly
redundant network infrastructure, including multiple local loop connections from
multiple carriers. This design minimizes interruptions of network operations. If
a backbone network connected to a P-NAP should fail, we can instantly reroute
data using any of the remaining networks connected to the P-NAP. As a result,
our customers experience more reliable services and are less likely to need and
pay for redundant Internet backbone connections.
 
     Superior Route Optimization and Management. Our proprietary routing
technology and network management system provide us with data that enables us to
manage network traffic and to offer economic settlements to backbone providers
for the transfer of our customers' data packets. As a result, we are able to
obtain full sets of global Internet Protocol routes from each backbone provider
connected to a P-NAP, and choose from among these routes the most optimal route
for our customers' traffic. We are therefore able to hold all of our backbone
providers accountable for performance within their respective networks. In
addition, because we manage all backbone connections into and out of each P-NAP,
we are able to centrally forecast and plan for upgrades. We believe this
consistently provides our customers with better service and minimizes congestion
and data packet loss for all of the backbones to which our P-NAPs are connected.
 
                                       37

<PAGE>   43
 
     Scalability and Flexibility. Our Internet connectivity services are
designed to be scalable and flexible. Since P-NAPs are localized
infrastructures, not long haul backbones, we can manage capacity issues and
traffic flows for each backbone provider at each P-NAP separately. Unlike a
backbone provider, we do not need to make uniform capacity upgrades across an
entire network as traffic levels increase. Furthermore, an upgrade to one
backbone provider does not require similar upgrades to all backbones connected
to a P-NAP or upgrades throughout our system of P-NAPs. This allows us to more
readily scale our capacity as traffic levels increase.
 
     Superior Customer Service and Support. Our network operations center is
staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, by skilled engineers. Equipped with
sophisticated traffic management reporting and diagnostic tools, they provide
our customers with a single point of contact for support inquiries, network
troubleshooting and diagnosis. The network operations center constantly monitors
the operation of all our P-NAPs, as well as the backbones connected to them, and
provides our customers and backbone providers with real-time notification and
management of events that might affect service, such as network congestion,
equipment failures and network or power outages. Given the overall complexity of
our technology and our highly skilled engineers, we believe that our customer
support services create a significant barrier to entry for competitors. In
addition, since we are a paying customer of each backbone provider connected to
a P-NAP, we believe we can get better response times, service level agreements
and trouble ticket resolution than Internet service providers that rely on free
public peering arrangements.
 
STRATEGY
 
     Our objective is to be the leading provider of high performance Internet
connectivity services that enable businesses to run mission-critical
Internet-based applications and to establish and maintain the standard of
quality for Internet connectivity services. We are committed to attracting,
hiring and retaining exceptional employees at all levels of our organization in
order to realize these objectives. Key components of our strategy include:
 
     Enhance Our Core Technologies to Provide the Highest Performance Internet
Connectivity Services. We plan to continue developing our P-NAPs, as well as our
network operations center, to enhance the level of service we provide to our
customers. Our P-NAPs and network operations center have been designed to allow
expansion of the features and functionalities of our services and have the
scalability required to meet the growing needs of customers. We believe that
enhancements to our proprietary technologies are integral to our ability to
continue to penetrate new markets and to provide new value-added services to
existing customers. For example, we intend to use the intelligent routing
capabilities of our P-NAPs to enable our customers to take advantage of new
services such as telephone and facsimile capabilities, private networks,
multimedia document distribution and audio and video feeds.
 
     Continue to Provide Superior Customer Service and Support. We intend to
continue providing our customers with superior customer service and support
24-hours a day, seven days a week. We believe that we can continue to improve
our competitive position by supporting our service with our highly-skilled
engineers, sophisticated traffic management reporting and diagnostic tools, and
network operations center. To reduce the risk of service interruptions, we plan
to build a second network operations center that will also monitor all of our
P-NAPs. We intend to use our status as a paying customer of the major backbone
providers to obtain a higher level of service which we can pass on to our
customers.
 
     Expand Our Geographic Coverage in Key Markets. We currently offer our
services through our P-NAPs in eight key metropolitan areas across the United
States and intend to aggressively deploy P-NAPs in key markets across the United
States and internationally. As part of our deployment plan,
 
                                       38

<PAGE>   44
 
we expect to complete the deployment of four additional P-NAPs in the United
States by the end of 1999.
 
     Continue to Build Our Brand Awareness. We intend to aggressively build our
customer base by increasing awareness of the InterNAP brand. We believe that
associating our brand with a high quality of service is key to the expansion of
our customer base. As we grow in size, we intend to invest in building brand
awareness through a marketing plan that includes P-NAP launch events, trade
shows, speaking events and media appearances, news announcements, advertisements
and customer testimonials.
 
     Continue to Target Strategic Markets. We intend to expand our sales and
marketing activities by continuing to focus on five strategic market segments,
including high technology, e-commerce and retail, communication providers,
financial services, and entertainment and publishing. The businesses in these
market segments are characterized by early adoption of Internet services and a
need for fast, reliable and manageable Internet connectivity services. By
focusing on specific strategic markets we expect to be able to leverage our
industry knowledge and highly experienced sales force to extend our market
reach. We also intend to expand our indirect sales channels by partnering with
leading resellers with strong backgrounds and market presence in these markets.
 
     Maintain Backbone Provider Neutrality. At each P-NAP, we have connections
with at least four major backbone providers. In order to provide one-hop service
to a large majority of Internet destinations, we must maintain high-volume
connections with major backbone providers. We plan to continue to do this as new
backbone providers emerge, as existing backbone providers increase in market
size in the metropolitan areas where our P-NAPs are located and as global
Internet traffic patterns change. We do not favor one backbone provider over
another, but rather use our proprietary technology to route packets directly to
the backbone on which an Internet destination is located. We believe this
provides substantial benefits to all backbone providers to whom we connect,
because we deliver only packets destined for each backbone provider's customers,
thus improving the efficiencies of their infrastructure.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     We have established a diversified base of customers across a wide range of
industries. As of June 30, 1999, we had approximately 120 customers. The
following is a list of selected customers whose monthly bill was between $5,000
and $94,000 for June 1999:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>
Adforce                          Go2Net                           Seattle Times
Adknowledge                      Homegrocer.com                   Shopping.com
Advanced Radio Telecom           Humongous Entertainment          TheStreet.com
Amazon.com                       ITXC Corp                        Tradescape.com
art.com                          Nasdaq                           U.S. Electrodynamics
Datek Online                     Primus Telecommunications        Waterhouse Investor Services
eBay                             Recreational Equipment, Inc.     WebTV Networks
Enron Communications             Seanet Corporation               Won.net
Fidelity Investments
</TABLE>

 
     We offer superior customer service and support from our network operations
center staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week by highly skilled network
engineers who use our sophisticated traffic management reporting and diagnostic
tools. As of June 30, 1999, we had 92 employees dedicated to customer service,
network support and P-NAP engineering. Our customer service personnel are also
available to assist customers whose operations require specialized procedures.
 
                                       39

<PAGE>   45
 
     Our customer contracts generally cover the provision of services for a one
to three year period and may contain service level warranties. To date, none of
our customers has utilized this warranty to receive a credit for a period of
free service. We have had limited contract renewal experience with customers
whose initial service contract terms have expired. From inception through June
30, 1999, 23 customers have chosen to renew their contract or upgrade their
service under a new contract prior to their original contract's expiration, and
we have identified six customers that have chosen not to renew their service
with us.
 
SERVICES
 
     We offer Internet connectivity services to our customers over T-1, DS-3 and
OC-3 telecommunication connections at speeds ranging from 1.5 Mbps to 155 Mbps.
T1, DS-3 and OC-3 are three of many possible media used to transport Internet
Protocol packets across the Internet. T1 is a telecommunications standard that
carries voice calls or data at a rate of 1.544 million bits per second over a
communication line. DS-3 carries voice calls or data at a rate of 45 million
bits per second, and OC-3 carries voice calls or data at a rate of 155 million
bits per second. Our list prices for a single connection range from $2,695 to
$193,320 per month depending on the connection purchased. Customers who connect
to a P-NAP with a DS-3 or faster connection have a choice of fixed rate pricing
or usage based pricing. Otherwise, customers pay a fixed fee for our Internet
connectivity services. Usage based pricing varies according to the volume of
data sent and received over the connection.
 
     Customers that have networking equipment or servers located within P-NAP
facilities may connect directly to the P-NAP using standard Ethernet connections
with speeds ranging from 10 Mbps to 200 Mbps. We also offer our customers
additional value added services, including:
 
     - InterNAP Diversity Plus. Our Diversity Plus service allows customers to
       maintain multiple connections to InterNAP and other backbone providers
       while still taking advantage of the optimal routing capabilities of the
       P-NAP. In a typical Diversity Plus configuration, the customer has a
       connection to a P-NAP and to one or more backbone providers of their
       choice. The customer's router is configured using our proprietary routing
       technology to route packets addressed to Internet destinations located on
       the alternate provider's backbone through the customer's direct
       connection while other packets are routed to the P-NAP. In this manner,
       the customer can use redundant Internet connections, while also taking
       advantage of the unique features of the P-NAP.
 
     - Connections to Data Centers. Many of our customers have their servers
       located at third party data centers. We connect to these customers either
       by establishing a circuit directly to their routers or through a
       connection we have with the network maintained by the third party data
       center operator. We have our own data center in our Seattle P-NAP at
       which a number of our customers have co-located their servers.
 
     - Installation Services. We perform installation services necessary to
       connect our customers' networks to our P-NAPs.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
     P-NAP Architecture. The P-NAP architecture was engineered as a reliable and
scalable network access point. Multiple routers and multiple backbone
connections provide back-ups in case of the failure of any single P-NAP circuit
or device.
 
     The P-NAP architecture is designed to grow as our customers' traffic
demands grow and as we add new customers. Our P-NAP model provides for the
addition of significant backbone providers as necessary.
 
                                       40

<PAGE>   46
 
     InterNAP only deploys P-NAPs within central office grade facilities. All
P-NAP facilities are equipped with battery backup and emergency generators, as
well as dual heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems.
 
     ASsimilator Routing Technology. ASsimilator technology is a software based
system for Internet Protocol route management that interfaces with the P-NAP
infrastructure to provide the high performance routing service characteristics
of the P-NAP. The system is a seamless integration of databases, software
programs, router configuration processes and route verification methods.
 
     ASsimilator periodically downloads the global routing tables being
advertised by all of the backbone networks touching the P-NAP. It then
automatically determines exactly which Internet Protocol routes are attached to
which networks and assesses how the world of Internet Protocol addresses are
connected to the Internet. ASsimilator then routes data to its intended
destination backbone in normal instances as well as in failure scenarios. A
verification system also allows ASsimilator to monitor the routing of data, and
if routing is found to be suboptimal, adjustments can be made to optimize
routing. ASsimilator controls both outbound routing to a backbone network from
the P-NAP as well as inbound routing from a backbone network.
 
     Distributed Network Management System. We have developed a highly scalable
proprietary network management system optimized for monitoring P-NAPs. With the
use of our distributed network management system, our network operations center
is capable of real-time monitoring of the backbones connected to each P-NAP,
customer circuits, network devices and servers 24 hours a day, seven days a
week. This system provides our network operations center with proactive trouble
notification, allowing for instantaneous identification and handling of
problems, frequently before our customers become aware of network problems. This
system also captures and provides bandwidth usage reports for billing and
customer reports. Data provided by the system is an integral part of our
capacity planning and provisioning process, helping us to forecast and plan
upgrades before capacity becomes strained.
 
     Product Development Costs. Our product development costs include research
and development costs, which were approximately $184,000 for the period from
inception May 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996, $389,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997, $708,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $903,000 for the six
month period ended June 30, 1999. We expect our product development costs to
increase as we hire additional engineers and technical personnel to develop new
products and services and upgrade existing ones.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     Our sales and marketing objective is to achieve broad market penetration
and increase brand name recognition by targeting enterprises that depend upon
the Internet for mission-critical operations. As of June 30, 1999, we had 50
employees engaged in direct sales and sales management, 17 in sales
administration and support, 13 in technical support and 12 in marketing located
in 10 cities.
 
     Sales. We have developed a direct high-end sales organization with managers
who have an average of over 15 years of relevant sales experience and
representatives who have many years of relevant sales experience with a broad
range of telecommunications and technology companies. In addition, our highly
trained technical sales engineers and client interaction engineers, who
facilitate optimal routing solutions for our customers, are responsible for
generating recurring sales revenues and serve to complement our sales force.
When we deploy a new P-NAP, we set up a dedicated team of sales representatives
and engineers focused exclusively on that market. We believe this localized
direct sales approach allows us to respond to regional competitive
characteristics, educate customers,
 
                                       41

<PAGE>   47
 
and identify and close business opportunities better than a centralized sales
force. We are also developing an indirect sales channel for our products and
services through relationships with content developers, cable companies, DSL
service providers, consulting companies and Internet service providers.
 
     Marketing. Our marketing efforts are designed to help educate customers in
our targeted vertical markets to understand that a service provider is now
available that can provide a quality of service over the entire Internet that
enables them to launch and execute mission-critical Internet-based applications.
Our marketing activities have included collateral advertising, tradeshows,
direct response programs, new P-NAP launch events and management of our Web
site. These programs are targeted at key information technology executives as
well as senior marketing and finance managers. In addition, we conduct
comprehensive public relations efforts focused on cultivating industry analyst
and media relationships with the goal of securing broad media coverage and
public recognition of our proprietary high speed public Internet communications
solutions.
 
     Our marketing organization is responsible for expanding our value added
service offerings into horizontal markets as new bandwidth intensive
applications such as telephone and facsimile transmissions over the Internet,
private networks, multimedia document distribution, audio and video feeds and
other emerging technologies are introduced.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Internet-based connectivity services market is extremely competitive
and there are few substantial barriers to entry. We expect that competition will
intensify in the future, and we may not have the financial resources, technical
expertise, sales and marketing abilities or support capabilities to compete
successfully in our market. Many of our existing competitors have greater market
presence, engineering and marketing capabilities, and financial, technological
and personnel resources than we do. Our competitors include:
 
     - backbone providers that provide us connectivity services including AGIS,
       AT&T, Cable & Wireless USA, GTE Internetworking, ICG Communications,
       Intermedia, PSINet, Sprint, UUNET and Verio;
 
     - regional Bell operating companies which offer Internet access; and
 
     - global, national and regional Internet service providers.
 
     Because relatively low barriers to entry characterize our market, we expect
other companies to enter our market. In addition, if we are successful in
implementing our international expansion, we will encounter additional
competition from international Internet service providers as well as
international telecommunication companies. As new participants enter the
Internet connectivity services market, we will face increased competition. Such
new competitors could include computer hardware, software, media and other
technology and telecommunications companies. A number of telecommunications
companies and online service providers currently offer, or have announced plans
to offer or expand, their network services. Other companies have expanded their
Internet access products and services as a result of acquisitions. Further, the
ability of some of our competitors to bundle other services and products with
their network services could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Various
companies are also exploring the possibility of providing, or are currently
providing, high-speed data services using alternative delivery methods. In
addition, Internet backbone providers may make technological developments, such
as improved router technology, that will enhance the quality of their services.
 
     We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market are speed
and reliability of connectivity, quality of facilities, level of customer
service and technical support, price, brand
 
                                       42

<PAGE>   48
 
recognition, the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts, and the timing
and market acceptance of new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions
developed by us and our competitors. We believe that we presently are positioned
to compete favorably with respect to most of these factors. In particular, many
of our competitors have built and must maintain capital-intensive backbone
infrastructures that are highly dependent on traditional public and private
peering exchanges. Each backbone provider tries to offer high quality service
within its own network but is unable to guarantee service quality once data
leaves its network, and there is little incentive to optimize the
interoperability of traffic between networks. We actively route traffic in an
optimal manner, thereby providing customers with a high level of service and
increasing the efficiency of the backbone providers themselves. However, the
market for Internet connectivity services is evolving rapidly, and we cannot
assure you that we will compete successfully in the future. As a result, we may
not maintain a competitive position against current or future competitors. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition from More Established Competitors Who Have Greater
Revenues Could Decrease Our Market Share."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and
other intellectual property law, nondisclosure agreements and other protective
measures to protect our proprietary technology. InterNAP and P-NAP are
trademarks of InterNAP which are registered in the United States. To date, we
have made two patent applications in the United States. The United States Patent
and Trademark Office has recently notified us that it has allowed four of the
claims in our initial patent application. When the initial patent issues, it
will be enforceable for a duration of twenty years from the date of filing, or
until September 3, 2017. Additional claims that were included by amendment in
that application have now been included in our second patent application. All of
the patents and patent applications relate to our P-NAP technology. In addition,
we have filed a corresponding international patent application under the Patent
Cooperation Treaty.
 
     We also enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with
our employees and consultants and control access to and distribution of our
proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights,
departing employees and other unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or
otherwise obtain and use our products and technology. Monitoring unauthorized
use of our products and technology is difficult, and we cannot be certain that
the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation of our technology,
particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary
rights as fully as in the United States.
 
     From time to time, third parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark
and other intellectual property rights claims or initiate litigation against us
or our suppliers or customers with respect to existing or future products and
services. Although we have not been a party to any claims alleging infringement
or intellectual property rights, we cannot assure you that we will not be
subject to these claims in the future. Further, we may in the future initiate
claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our proprietary
rights to determine the scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of
our competitors. Any of these claims, with or without merit, may be
time-consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of technical and
management personnel or require us to cease using infringing technology, develop
noninfringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such
royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on acceptable
terms, if at all. In the event of a successful claim of infringement and our
failure or inability to develop noninfringing technology or license the
infringed or similar technology on a timely basis, our business and results of
operations may be seriously harmed.
 
                                       43

<PAGE>   49
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of June 30, 1999, we employed 221 full-time persons, 12 of whom were
engaged in product development, 92 in sales and marketing, 92 in professional
services and 25 in finance, administration and operations. None of our employees
is represented by a labor union, and we have not experienced any work stoppages
to date. We consider our employee relations to be good.
 
FACILITIES
 
     Our executive offices are located in Seattle, Washington and consist of
approximately 20,700 square feet that are leased under an agreement that expires
in 2003. On July 1, 1999, we entered into a third amendment to our lease
increasing our total square footage to approximately 74,100 square feet as of
October 1, 1999. We lease facilities for our network operations center, sales
offices and P-NAPs in a number of metropolitan areas and specific cities. We
believe that our existing facilities, including the additional space, are
adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space
will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims
arising out of our ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in
any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       44

<PAGE>   50
 

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
     Our executive officers and directors, the positions held by them and their
ages as of June 30, 1999 are as follows:
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  NAME                     AGE                   POSITION
                  ----                     ---                   --------
<S>                                        <C>   <C>
Anthony C. Naughtin......................  43    Chief Executive Officer and Director
Paul E. McBride..........................  37    Chief Financial Officer and Vice
                                                 President of Finance
Christopher D. Wheeler...................  32    Chief Technology Officer and Vice
                                                 President
Charles M. Ortega........................  44    Vice President of Sales & Marketing
Mike N. Joseph...........................  51    Vice President of Operations and Field
                                                   Engineering
Richard Perez............................  46    Vice President of Deployment
Eugene Eidenberg.........................  59    Chairman of the Board
William J. Harding(1)....................  51    Director
Fredric W. Harman(1).....................  39    Director
Robert J. Lunday, Jr.(2).................  60    Director
Kevin L. Ober(1)(2)......................  38    Director
Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr.(2)..............  45    Director
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) Member of audit committee.
(2) Member of compensation committee.
 
     Anthony C. Naughtin founded InterNAP and has served as our Chief Executive
Officer since May 1996. Mr. Naughtin has also served as our President from May
1996 to August 1999 and as our director since October 1997. Prior to founding
InterNAP, he was vice president for commercial network services at ConnectSoft,
Inc., an Internet and e-mail software developer, from May 1995 to May 1996. From
February 1992 to May 1995, Mr. Naughtin was the director of sales at
NorthWestNet, an NSFNET regional network. Mr. Naughtin has served as a director
of Fine.com International Corp., a services-computer processing and data
preparation company since December 1996. Mr. Naughtin holds a Bachelor of Arts
in communications from the University of Iowa and is a graduate of the Creighton
School of Law.
 
     Paul E. McBride has served as our Vice President of Finance and
Administration since May 1996. He has also served as our Chief Financial Officer
since June 1999. Prior to joining InterNAP, Mr. McBride was Vice President of
Finance and Operations at ConnectSoft Inc. from February 1995 to March 1996.
From December 1992 to January 1995, he served as Chief Financial Officer and
Vice President of Finance at PenUltimate, Inc., a software developer. Mr.
McBride holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and a Bachelor of Science in
Finance from the University of Colorado and holds a Master of Business
Administration from the University of Southern California.
 
     Christopher D. Wheeler has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Vice
President since May 1996. Prior to joining InterNAP, Mr. Wheeler was co-founder,
President and Chief Executive Officer of interGlobe Networks, Inc., a TCP/IP
consulting firm from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Wheeler also worked in advanced
network/Internet technology areas at NorthwestNet, which is now Verio Northwest,
and was responsible for backbone engineering, routing technology design, network
management tools development, network operations and systems engineering at the
University of
 
                                       45

<PAGE>   51
 
Washington from 1989 to 1994. Mr. Wheeler holds a Bachelor of Science in
Computer Science from the University of Washington.
 
     Charles M. Ortega has served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing
since April 1998. Prior to joining InterNAP, Mr. Ortega was Director of Sales
for Global and Corporate National Accounts at MCI Communications Corporation
from 1989 to April 1998. Prior to MCI, he held senior sales management positions
with Wang Laboratories and Hewlett Packard. Mr. Ortega holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in Kinesiology from UCLA, and a Master of Business Administration
from the Joan Anderson School of Business at UCLA.
 
     Mike N. Joseph has served as our Vice President of Operations and Field
Engineering since August 1999. He has served as our Vice President of Operations
since June 1999 and as our Director of Corporate Engineering Operations from
September 1998 to June 1999. Prior to joining InterNAP, Mr. Joseph served as
Director, and later Vice President of Technical Services of Cellular Technical
Services, a manufacturer of clone detection products, from July 1996 to June
1998. Prior to that, Mr. Joseph was Director of Operational System Support for
AT&T Wireless, a wireless services provider, from August 1995 to May 1996. From
July 1994 to August 1995, Mr. Joseph was Manager of Global Engineering at Cable
& Wireless, a global voice and Internet connectivity company. Mr. Joseph
attended the University of Houston.
 
     Richard Perez has served as our Vice President of Deployment since August
1999 and as our Vice President of Deployment, Field Engineering and Provisioning
from December 1998 to August 1999. Prior to joining InterNAP, Mr. Perez worked
for 17 years at MCI Communications Corporation, serving in various managerial
and technical positions. Mr. Perez attended the University of Maryland and is a
past Advisory Board member of the University of Washington's Data Communications
Extension.
 
     Eugene Eidenberg has served as a director and chairman of InterNAP since
November 1997 and as chairman of the board of directors since 1998. Dr.
Eidenberg has served as a Principal of Hambrecht & Quist Venture Associates
since 1998 and was an advisory director at the San Francisco investment banking
firm of Hambrecht & Quist from 1995 to 1998. Dr. Eidenberg served for 12 years
in a number of senior management positions with MCI Communications Corporation.
His positions at MCI included Senior Vice President for Regulatory and Public
Policy, President of MCI's Pacific Division, Executive Vice President for
Strategic Planning and Corporate Development and Executive Vice President for
MCI's international businesses. Dr. Eidenberg is currently a director of LXR
Biotechnology, AAPT Ltd. and several private companies. Dr. Eidenberg holds a
Ph.D. and a Master of Arts degree from Northwestern University and a Bachelor of
Arts degree from the University of Wisconsin.
 
     William J. Harding has served as a director of InterNAP since January 1999.
Since 1994, Dr. Harding has been an employee and Principal of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated. In addition, Dr. Harding has served as a managing member of
Morgan Stanley Venture Partners, L.L.C., the general partner of Morgan Stanley
Dean Witter Venture Partners. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, he
was a General Partner of several venture capital partnerships affiliated with
J.H. Whitney & Co. Dr. Harding was associated with Amdahl Corporation from 1976
to 1985, serving in various technical and business positions. He is currently a
director of ScanSoft, Inc., Persistence Software, Inc., Commerce One, Inc. and
several private companies. Dr. Harding holds a Ph.D. in engineering from Arizona
State University and a Master of Science degree in systems engineering and
Bachelor of Science degree in engineering mathematics from the University of
Arizona.
 
                                       46

<PAGE>   52
 
     Fredric W. Harman has served as a director of InterNAP since January 1999.
Since 1994, Mr. Harman has served as a Managing Member of the General Partners
of venture capital funds affiliated with Oak Investment Partners. Mr. Harman
served as a General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Capital, L.P. from 1991 to
1994. Mr. Harman serves as a director of Inktomi Corporation, ILOG, S.A., Primus
Knowledge Solutions and several privately held companies. Mr. Harman holds a
Bachelor of Science degree and a Masters degree in electrical engineering from
Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard
University.
 
     Robert J. Lunday, Jr. has served as a director of InterNAP since inception.
Mr. Lunday has served as President of Lunday Communications, Inc., an investment
company, since 1973. He was a founder of Commnet Cellular, Inc. and served on
its board of directors from 1983 to 1989.
 
     Kevin L. Ober has served as a director of InterNAP since October 1997. Mr.
Ober has been a member of the investment team at Vulcan Ventures, Inc. since
November 1993 and in this capacity serves as a director in several portfolio
companies including Nexabit Networks, NETSchools Corporation and Command Audio,
Inc. Prior to working at Vulcan Ventures, Mr. Ober served in various positions
at Conner Peripherals, Inc., a computer hard disk drive manufacturer. Mr. Ober
holds a Master of Business Administration from Santa Clara University and
Bachelor of Science degree in business administration from St. John's
University.
 
     Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr. has served as a director of InterNAP since January
1997. In 1999, Mr. Shurtleff founded S.L. Partners, a strategic consulting group
focused on early stage companies. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. Shurtleff held various
positions at Microsoft Corporation, including Program Management and Development
Manager and General Manager Workgroup Solutions Product Unit. Prior to working
at Microsoft Corporation, Mr. Shurtleff worked at Hewlett Packard Company from
1979 to 1988. Mr. Shurtleff holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in computer science
from the University of California at Berkeley.
 
BOARD COMPOSITION
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, we will have authorized a range of
directors from five to nine. In accordance with the terms of our amended
articles of incorporation, the terms of office of the board of directors will be
divided into three classes:
 
     - Class I directors, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of
       shareholders to be held in 2000;
 
     - Class II directors, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of
       shareholders to be held in 2001; and
 
     - Class III directors, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of
       shareholders to be held in 2002.
 
     Our Class I directors will be Robert J. Lunday, Jr. and Robert D.
Shurtleff, Jr., our Class II directors will be Fredric W. Harman and Kevin L.
Ober, and our Class III directors will be Eugene Eidenberg, William J. Harding
and Anthony C. Naughtin. At each annual meeting of shareholders after the
initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire
will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the
third annual meeting following election. Any additional directorships resulting
from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three
classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of
the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change in control or management of InterNAP.
 
                                       47

<PAGE>   53
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     The board of directors has established an audit committee and a
compensation committee. Our audit committee consists of Kevin L. Ober, Fredric
W. Harman and William J. Harding. The audit committee reviews our internal
accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services provided by our
independent accountants.
 
     Our compensation committee consists of Kevin L. Ober, Robert J. Lunday, Jr.
and Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr. The compensation committee reviews and recommends
to the board of directors the compensation and benefits of all our officers and
establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits
for our employees.
 
BOARD-COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors
or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Our directors currently do not receive any cash compensation for their
services on the board of directors or any committees of the board. They are
reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with attendance at board and
committee meetings. From time to time, certain non-employee directors have
received grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock. In March
1998, Messrs. Eidenberg and Ober each were granted an option to purchase 200,000
shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.06 per share. Non-employee
directors are expected to receive an initial option to purchase 40,000 shares of
common stock and an annual option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock
under our 1999 non-employee directors' stock option plan.
 
                                       48

<PAGE>   54
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The table below sets forth summary information concerning compensation paid
by us during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 to (a) our Chief Executive
Officer and President and (b) three of our other executive officers other than
the Chief Executive Officer whose salary and bonus for fiscal year 1998 exceeded
$100,000 and who served as an executive officer during fiscal year 1998:
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        LONG-TERM
                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION              COMPENSATION
                             --------------------------------------    ------------
                                                       ALL OTHER        SECURITIES
                                                        ANNUAL          UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION  SALARY($)   BONUS($)   COMPENSATION($)     OPTIONS(#)    COMPENSATION($)
---------------------------  ---------   --------   ---------------    ------------   ---------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>        <C>                <C>            <C>
Anthony C. Naughtin,
  Chief Executive Officer
  and President..........    $123,750    $    --        $    --          $    --          $   --
Paul E. McBride,
  Chief Financial Officer
  and Vice President.....     113,750         --             --               --              --
Christopher D. Wheeler,
  Chief Technical Officer
  and Vice President.....     113,750         --             --               --              --
Charles M. Ortega,
  Vice President of Sales
  and Marketing..........      81,658     20,000         30,000          360,000          12,000(1)
</TABLE>

 
---------------
 
(1) Consists of living expenses.
 
             STOCK OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
     The following table sets forth information regarding options granted to
certain of our executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                         VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                 -------------------------------------------------------      ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                TOTAL OPTIONS                                      STOCK
                                   SHARES        GRANTED TO                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                 UNDERLYING       EMPLOYEES      EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM($)
                                   OPTIONS        IN FISCAL      PRICE PER    EXPIRATION    --------------------
             NAME                GRANTED(#)        YEAR(%)       SHARE($)        DATE          5%         10%
             ----                -----------    -------------    ---------    ----------    --------    --------
<S>                              <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Charles M. Ortega..............    360,000          10.5%          $ .06       7/21/08      $13,584     $34,425
</TABLE>

 
     Twenty-five percent of these options vest on the first anniversary of the
date of hire and the remainder vest in equal installments each month over the
three-year period following the first anniversary of the date of hire. Options
were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common
stock, as determined by the board of directors on the date of grant.
 
     The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock price appreciation
are mandated by rules of the SEC. There can be no assurance provided to any
executive officer or any other holder of our securities that the actual stock
price appreciation over the option term will be at the assumed 5% and 10% levels
or at any other defined level.
 
                                       49

<PAGE>   55
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 1998
regarding options held by certain of our executive officers. There were no stock
appreciation rights outstanding at December 31, 1998:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                         UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                OPTIONS                 IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                          SHARES                        AT DECEMBER 31, 1998(#)           DECEMBER 31, 1998($)
                        ACQUIRED ON       VALUE       ----------------------------    ----------------------------
         NAME           EXERCISE(#)    REALIZED($)    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
         ----           -----------    -----------    -----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Charles M. Ortega.....         --             --             --         360,000              --         $32,400
</TABLE>

 
     In the table above, the value of unexercised in-the-money options is based
on the fair market value of our common stock, determined by the board of
directors as discussed above to be $.15 per share on or about December 31, 1998,
minus the per share exercise price multiplied by the number of shares.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     We have entered into employment letter agreements with several of our
officers, including Anthony C. Naughtin, Paul E. McBride, Christopher D. Wheeler
and Charles M. Ortega. Each letter agreement sets forth the officer's
compensation level. Under each letter agreement an officer serves at-will and
employment may be terminated by us or by the officer at any time, with or
without cause and with or without notice. Each employment agreement contains a
noncompetition covenant one year in duration.
 
INCENTIVE STOCK PLANS
 
     1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. Our board of directors adopted our
1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan on February 2, 1998 and our shareholders
approved it on March 1, 1998. On January 19, 1999, our board reserved an
additional 1,000,000 shares for option grants under the 1998 Plan, which the
shareholders approved on January 26, 1999. We have reserved a total of 5,035,000
shares for issuance under the 1998 Plan. As of June 30, 1999, 695,082 shares had
been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Plan and options
to purchase 4,132,622 shares were outstanding, with 207,296 shares reserved for
future grants or purchases under the 1998 Plan. Options currently outstanding
under the 1998 Plan will continue in full force and effect under the terms of
the 1998 Plan until these outstanding options are exercised or terminated.
 
     The 1998 Plan provides for grants of incentive stock options that qualify
under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, nonstatutory stock
options and common stock awards to employees, directors and consultants.
Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees.
 
     The 1998 Plan is administered by a committee appointed by the board. This
committee determines the terms of awards granted, including the exercise price,
the number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability of awards. The
exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 1998 Plan must be at
least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
However, for any employee holding more than 10% of the voting power of all
classes of our stock, the exercise price of incentive stock options must be
equal to at least 110% of the fair market value. The exercise price of
nonstatutory stock options is set by the administrator of the 1998 Plan. The
maximum term of options granted under the 1998 Plan is ten years.
 
                                       50

<PAGE>   56
 
     An optionee whose relationship as an employee, director or consultant with
us or any related corporation ceases for any reason, other than for death, total
and permanent disability or "for cause," may exercise options in the three-month
period following the cessation, or such other period of time as determined by
the administrator, unless such options terminate or expire sooner, or later, by
their terms. The three-month period is extended to twelve months for
terminations due to total and permanent disability or death. Options terminate
immediately upon an optionee's termination "for cause." Generally, the
optionholder may not transfer a stock option other than by will or the laws of
descent or distribution.
 
     In the event of specific corporate transactions, the board of directors
may, in its sole discretion,
 
     - accelerate the vesting of outstanding options under the 1998 Plan,
 
     - arrange for outstanding options to be assumed or substituted for similar
       options by a successor corporation,
 
     - arrange for outstanding options to be replaced by a comparable cash
       incentive program of the successor corporation or
 
     - take no action with respect to outstanding options, in which case such
       options will terminate upon the completion of the corporate transaction.
 
     The 1998 Plan will terminate on the earlier of ten years from its adoption
by the board or the date all shares have been issued.
 
     1999 Equity Incentive Plan. Our board adopted the 1999 Equity Incentive
Plan on June 19, 1999. As of June 30, 1999, an aggregate of 6,500,000 shares of
common stock, subject to shareholder approval, have been authorized for issuance
under the Incentive Plan. As of June 30, 1999, options to purchase an aggregate
of 2,004,000 shares were outstanding under the Incentive Plan and 4,496,000
shares were currently available for future grant of stock awards under the
Incentive Plan.
 
     The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, nonstatutory
stock options, restricted stock purchase rights and stock bonuses to our
employees, consultants and directors. Incentive stock options may be granted
only to employees. The Incentive Plan is administered by the board of directors
or a committee appointed by the board. The board or committee determines the
terms of awards granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares
subject to the award and the exercisability of awards. The exercise price of
incentive stock options granted under the Incentive Plan must be at least equal
to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, for
any employee holding more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our
stock, the exercise price will be at least equal to 110% of the fair market
value. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options is set by the
administrator of the Incentive Plan, but can be no less than 85% of the fair
market value. The maximum term of options granted under the Incentive Plan is
ten years.
 
     Unless otherwise provided in an option agreement, an optionee whose
relationship as an employee, director or consultant with us or any related
corporation ceases for any reason, other than for death, total and permanent
disability or "for cause," may exercise options in the three-month period
following this cessation, or such other period of time as determined by the
administrator, unless these options terminate or expire sooner, or later, by
their terms. The three-month period is extended to twelve months for
terminations due to total and permanent disability and eighteen months for
terminations due to death. Options terminate immediately upon an optionee's
termination "for cause." Generally, the optionholder may not transfer a stock
option other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution unless the
optionholder holds a nonstatutory stock option
 
                                       51

<PAGE>   57
 
that provides for transfer in the stock option agreement. However, an
optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following
the optionholder's death.
 
     A change in control of Internap is defined in the Incentive Plan as the
sale of substantially all of our assets or merger with or into another
corporation. If a change in control occurs, any outstanding options held by
persons then performing services for us as an employee, director or consultant
may either be assumed or continued or an equivalent award may be substituted by
the surviving entity. In this situation, if options are not assumed, continued
or substituted, these options will become fully exercisable, including shares as
to which they would not otherwise be exercisable, and restricted stock will
become fully vested. Options also become fully exercisable in the event of a
securities acquisition representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of
our securities or if a participant's service is terminated by a surviving
corporation for any reason other than "for cause" within 13 months following a
change in control.
 
     Upon the first nine anniversaries of the adoption date of the Incentive
Plan, an additional number of shares will automatically be added to the number
of shares already reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. The additional
number of shares will not be more than the lesser of
 
     - 3 1/2% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding
       on the anniversary date or
 
     - 6,500,000 shares.
 
     When we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code,
which denies a deduction to publicly held corporations for compensation paid to
specified employees in a taxable year to the extent that the compensation
exceeds $1,000,000, no person may be granted options under the Incentive Plan
covering more than 3,000,000 shares of common stock in any calendar year.
 
     Restricted stock purchase awards are granted under the Incentive Plan in
accordance with a vesting schedule determined by the board or a committee
appointed by the board. These restricted stock purchase awards are subject to a
right of repurchase by us. The price of a restricted stock purchase award under
the Incentive Plan cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock
subject to the award on the date of grant. Stock bonuses may be awarded for past
services without a purchase payment. Unless otherwise specified, rights under a
stock bonus or restricted stock bonus agreement generally may not be transferred
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution as long as the stock
awarded pursuant to an agreement remains subject to the agreement.
 
     Subject to shareholder approval, as necessary, our board of directors may
amend the Incentive Plan at any time. The Incentive Plan will terminate on the
day before the 10th anniversary of its adoption by the board.
 
     1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In July 1999, our board of directors
adopted, subject to shareholder approval, the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance
under the purchase plan. Upon the first nine anniversaries of the adoption date
of the purchase plan, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the
purchase plan will automatically be increased by 2% of the total number of
shares of common stock then outstanding or, if less, by 1,500,000 shares. The
purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within
the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.
 
     The purchase plan provides a means by which employees may purchase common
stock of InterNAP through payroll deductions. The purchase plan is implemented
by offering rights to eligible employees. Under the purchase plan, we may
specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify
shorter purchase periods within each offering. The first offering will begin
 
                                       52

<PAGE>   58
 
on the effective date of this offering and terminate on June 30, 2001. Purchase
dates will occur each December 31 and June 30 after the initial offering.
 
     Employees who participate in an offering under the purchase plan may have
up to 15% of their earnings withheld. The amount withheld is then used to
purchase shares of the common stock on specified dates determined by the board
of directors. The price of common stock purchased under the purchase plan will
be equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the
commencement date of each offering period or the relevant purchase date.
Employees may end their participation in an offering at any time during the
offering except during the 15 day period immediately prior to a purchase date.
Employees' participation in all offerings will end automatically on termination
of their employment with us or one of our subsidiaries.
 
     Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, employees are
eligible to participate in the purchase plan only if they are customarily
employed by us, or one of our subsidiaries designated by the board of directors,
for at least 20 hours per week and five months per calendar year. No employee
may be granted rights under the purchase plan if immediately after the rights
are granted, the employee will have voting power over 5% or more of our
outstanding capital stock. Eligible employees may be granted rights only if the
rights together with any other rights granted under employee stock purchase
plans, do not permit an employee's rights to purchase our stock to accrue at a
rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of our stock for each calendar
year in which our rights are outstanding.
 
     Upon a change in control of InterNAP, our board of directors has discretion
to provide that each right to purchase common stock
 
     - will be assumed
 
     - an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation or
 
     - all sums collected by payroll deductions to be applied to purchase stock
       immediately prior to the change in control. The board of directors has
       the authority to amend or terminate the purchase plan, but no such action
       may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase common stock.
 
     1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan. In July 1999, our board of
directors adopted, subject to shareholder approval, the 1999 Non-Employee
Directors' Stock Option Plan. The directors' plan provides for the automatic
grant of options to purchase shares of common stock to non-employee directors of
InterNAP. The directors' plan is administered by our compensation committee.
 
     An aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock may be issued pursuant to
options granted under the directors' plan. Each person who is elected or
appointed for the first time to be a non-employee director after the effective
date of this offering will be granted an initial grant to purchase 40,000 shares
of common stock upon election or appointment. In addition, on the day following
each annual meeting of our shareholders, each non-employee director who has
served as a non-employee director for at least six months and who continues to
serve as a non-employee director of ours will be automatically granted an option
to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock. Each option granted under the
directors' plan will be fully vested on the date it is granted. No option
granted under the directors' plan may be exercised more than ten years from the
date on which it was granted. The exercise price of options under the directors'
plan will equal the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.
A non-employee director whose service as a non-employee director or employee of
or consultant to us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than
death or permanent and total disability may exercise vested options in the
three-month period following the cessation unless the options terminate or
expire sooner by their terms. Vested options
 
                                       53

<PAGE>   59
 
may be exercised during the 12-month period after a non-employee director's
service ceases due to disability and during the 18-month period after such
service ceases due to death. The directors' plan will terminate in July 2009,
unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
 
     Upon specific changes in control of InterNAP, all outstanding stock awards
under the directors' plan may be assumed by the surviving entity or replaced
with similar stock awards granted by the surviving entity.
 
     401(k) Plan. We have established a tax-qualified employee savings and
retirement plan, the 401(k) Plan, for eligible employees. Eligible employees may
elect to defer a percentage of their pre-tax gross compensation in the 401(k)
Plan, subject to the statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may make matching
contributions on behalf of all participants in the 401(k) Plan in an amount
determined by our board of directors. We may also make additional discretionary
profit sharing contributions in such amounts as determined by the board of
directors, subject to statutory limitations. Matching and profit-sharing
contributions are subject to a vesting schedule; all other contributions are at
all times fully vested. We intend the 401(k) Plan, and the accompanying trust,
to qualify under Sections 401(k) and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code so that
contributions to the 401(k) Plan by our employees or by us, and income earned on
plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k)
Plan, and so that we will be able to deduct our contributions, when made. The
trustee under the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invests the
assets of the 401(k) Plan in any of a number of investment options.
 
LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
     Our articles of incorporation limit the liability of directors to the
fullest extent permitted by the Washington Business Corporation Act as it
currently exists or as it may be amended in the future. Consequently, subject to
the Washington Business Corporation Act, no director will be personally liable
to us or our shareholders for monetary damages resulting from his or her conduct
as a director of InterNAP, except liability for:
 
     - acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or knowing violations
       of law;
 
     - unlawful distributions; or
 
     - transactions from which the director personally receives a benefit in
       money, property or services to which the director is not legally
       entitled.
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, our articles of incorporation will also
provide that we may indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding
because that individual is or was a director or officer of ours, and this right
to indemnification will continue as to an individual who has ceased to be a
director or officer and will inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors
or administrators. Any repeal of or modification to our articles of
incorporation may not adversely affect any right of a director or officer of
ours who is or was a director or officer at the time of such repeal or
modification. To the extent the provisions of our articles of incorporation
provide for indemnification of directors or officers for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933, those provisions are, in the opinion or the
Securities and Exchange Commission, against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and they are therefore unenforceable.
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, our bylaws will provide that we will
indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our other officers and
employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
                                       54

<PAGE>   60
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into agreements to
indemnify our directors and certain officers, in addition to indemnification
provided for in our articles of incorporation or bylaws. These agreements, among
other things, indemnify our directors and certain officers for certain expenses,
including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by
any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by us arising
out of such person's services as our director or officer or any other company or
enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that
these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified
persons as directors and officers. We also currently maintain liability
insurance for our officers and directors.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Under the 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, if specific corporate
transactions occur, including the sale of substantially all of our assets or a
merger with or into another corporation, the plan administrator may, in its sole
discretion,
 
     - accelerate the vesting of outstanding options under the 1998 Plan,
 
     - arrange for outstanding options to be assumed or substituted for similar
       options by a successor corporation,
 
     - arrange for outstanding options to be replaced by a comparable cash
       incentive program of the successor corporation or
 
     - take no action with respect to outstanding options, in which case the
       options will terminate upon the completion of the corporate transaction.
 
     Under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, if a change in control occurs,
including the sale of substantially all of our assets or a merger with or into
another corporation, any outstanding options held by persons then performing
services for us as an employee, director or consultant may,
 
     - either be assumed or continued,
 
     - an equivalent award may be substituted by the surviving entity, or,
 
     - if the options are not assumed, continued or substituted, the options
       will become fully exercisable, including shares as to which they would
       not otherwise be exercisable, and restricted stock will become fully
       vested.
 
     Options also become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a securities
acquisition representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our
securities, or if a participant's service is terminated by a surviving
corporation for any reason other than "for cause" within 13 months following a
change in control.
 
                                       55

<PAGE>   61
 

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Since our inception in May 1996, we have issued and sold securities to the
persons listed in the following table who are our executive officers, directors
or principal shareholders. You may find more details about shares held by these
purchasers in the "Principal Shareholders" section.
 
     The per share purchase prices for our Series A, Series B and Series C
preferred stock were $.102, $.60 and $1.08, respectively. Upon the closing of
this offering, each outstanding share of our Series A, Series B and Series C
preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock on a one-for-one
basis. Warrants are exercisable for our Series B preferred stock at a per share
exercise price of $.60.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SERIES A    SERIES B    SERIES C
                                                        PREFERRED   PREFERRED   PREFERRED              COMMON
                       INVESTOR                           STOCK       STOCK       STOCK     WARRANTS    STOCK
                       --------                         ---------   ---------   ---------   --------   -------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Anthony C. Naughtin...................................         --          --          --        --    916,952
Paul E. McBride(1)....................................         --          --          --        --    916,952
Christopher D. Wheeler................................         --          --          --        --    916,952
Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr.(2)...........................         --     338,304     357,160   432,266         --
Robert J. Lunday, Jr.(3)..............................  6,666,667          --          --        --         --
H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P.(4).......................         --   1,685,000   1,866,958        --         --
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners(5)........         --          --   9,259,259        --         --
Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P.(6).................         --          --   6,018,519        --         --
TI Ventures, LP(7)....................................         --   1,666,667   1,759,556        --         --
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated(8).......................         --   2,500,000   2,236,071        --         --
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) Consists of 916,952 shares of common stock issued to Mr. McBride, of which
    250,000 shares of common stock were subsequently transferred by Mr. McBride
    to the McBride Trust and 46,000 shares of common stock to other
    shareholders.
 
(2) Consists of 338,304 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to Mr.
    Shurtleff, of which 199,916 were subsequently transferred to other
    shareholders, warrants to purchase 432,266 shares of Series B preferred
    stock, of which Mr. Shurtleff subsequently exercised 116,666, and 357,160
    shares of Series C preferred stock issued to Mr. Shurtleff.
 
(3) Consists of 6,666,667 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to Mr.
    Lunday, of which 844,280 were subsequently transferred to other
    shareholders.
 
(4) Mr. Eidenberg, one of our directors, is a principal of Hambrecht & Quist
    Venture Associates.
 
(5) Consists of 780,000 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Morgan
    Stanley Venture Investors III, L.P., 355,417 shares of Series C preferred
    stock held by The Morgan Stanley Venture Partners Entrepreneur Fund, L.P.
    and 8,123,842 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Morgan Stanley
    Venture Partners III, L.P. Dr. Harding, one of our directors, is a managing
    member of the general partner of the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture
    Partners Funds. The institutional managing member of the general partner of
    each of the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners Funds is a
    wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., the parent of
    Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
(6) Consists of 5,904,167 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Oak
    Investment Partners VIII, L.P. and 114,352 shares of Series C preferred
    stock held by Oak VIII Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Harman, one of our
    directors, is a managing member of the general partner of venture capital
    funds affiliated with Oak Investment Partners.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>   62
 
(7) Consists of 1,666,667 shares of Series B preferred stock held by TI
    Ventures, LP, and 1,759,556 shares of Series C preferred stock issued to TI
    Ventures, LP of which 88,047 were subsequently transferred to other
    shareholders.
 
(8) Mr. Ober, one of our directors, is a member of the investment team of Vulcan
    Ventures Incorporated.
 
     In addition, we have granted options to certain of our executive officers.
See "Management -- Executive Compensation."
 
     Pursuant to a Limited Liability Company Agreement of InterNAP Network
Services, L.L.C., in October 1996, we sold 1,787,180 Class A Units in InterNAP
Network Services, L.L.C. to certain investors, including our officers Paul E.
McBride, Christopher D. Wheeler and Anthony C. Naughtin, for an aggregate
consideration of $1,787. InterNAP Network Services, L.L.C. was dissolved on
October 27, 1997. InterNAP was incorporated in the State of Washington in
October 1997. These Class A Units were exchanged for shares of common stock at
an exchange of 1 to 1.667.
 
     In May 1996, we issued 2,000,000 Class B Units in InterNAP Network
Services, L.L.C. to Robert J. Lunday, Jr., in consideration for arranging a
guarantee of certain of our leasehold obligations and an unconditional promise
to contribute $500,000 to our capital on or before October 15, 1996.
Additionally, Lunday Communications loaned us $475,000 in 1996 and we repaid the
principal and interest during 1996. Robert J. Lunday, Jr., one of our directors,
is president of Lunday Communications, Inc. Further, in May 1996, Mr. Lunday
purchased an additional 2,000,000 Class B Units for $500,000. These Class B
Units were exchanged for shares of Series A preferred stock at an exchange ratio
of 1 to 1:667.
 
     Pursuant to a shareholders agreement, dated October 1, 1997, among
InterNAP, Robert J. Lunday, Jr., and some of our founders, including Anthony C.
Naughtin, Paul E. McBride and Christopher D. Wheeler, Mr. Lunday granted to each
founder an option to purchase, under conditions set out in the shareholder
agreement, his or her pro rata share (as that term is defined in the shareholder
agreement) of 5,000,000 of the 6,666,667 shares of Series A preferred stock, or
common stock upon conversion, owned by Mr. Lunday at the date of the shareholder
agreement at a price of $1.26 per share. Mr. Lunday, one of our directors, is
father-in-law of Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of
Finance.
 
     In an assignment agreement, dated October 3, 1997, between InterNAP, Ophir
Ronen and Christopher D. Wheeler, our Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Wheeler and
Mr. Ronen assigned all of their right, title and interest in and to that certain
application for Letters Patent of the United States entitled Private Network
Access Point Router for Interconnecting Among Internet Route Providers.
 
     On October 29, 1997, December 29, 1997 and February 4, 1998, we sold an
aggregate of 12,862,558 shares of Series B preferred stock to 36 investors,
including H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P., TI Ventures, LP and Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated, three of our principal shareholders, at an aggregate purchase
price of $7,717,534 or $.60 per share. The investor group included Robert D.
Shurtleff, Jr., one of our directors, who converted a promissory note dated
February 13, 1997 in the amount of $125,000 plus accrued interest for 221,638
shares of Series B preferred stock.
 
     On January 11, 1999, Lunday Communications, Inc. loaned $500,000 to us,
represented by a promissory note that bore interest at the rate of prime plus 2%
and had a maturity date of February 15, 1999. We repaid the outstanding
principal and accrued interest on the loan in February 1999 from the proceeds of
the Series C financing.
 
     On January 13, 1999, Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr., one our directors, loaned
$600,000 to us, represented by a promissory note that bore interest at the rate
of prime plus 2% and had a maturity
 
                                       57

<PAGE>   63
 
date of February 15, 1999. We repaid the outstanding principal and accrued
interest on the loan in February 1999 from the proceeds of the Series C
financing.
 
     On January 28, 1999 and February 26, 1999, we sold an aggregate of
29,629,630 shares of Series C preferred stock to 44 investors, including Robert
D. Shurtleff, Jr., one of our directors, and H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P.,
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners, Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P.,
TI Ventures, LP and Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, five of our principal
shareholders, at an aggregate purchase price of $32,000,000, or $1.08 per share.
 
     We have entered into employment letter agreements with several of our key
employees, including Anthony C. Naughtin, Paul E. McBride, Charles M. Ortega and
Christopher D. Wheeler. These agreements are described in "Management-Employment
Agreements."
 
     We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and
executive officers for the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to
such persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. We also intend to enter
into these agreements with our future directors and executive officers.
 
   
     On September 17, 1999, we entered into an agreement with Inktomi to sell
$20.0 million of common stock in a private placement that will close at the same
time or immediately after the closing of our initial public offering. Inktomi
will pay the same price share paid by the public in our initial public offering,
less an amount equivalent to the underwriting discounts and commissions per
share. We will also issue Inktomi a warrant to purchase additional shares of our
common stock. The number of shares underlying the warrant will be equal to 50%
of the number of shares Inktomi purchases in the private placement, and the
exercise price per share will be 150% of the price per share Inktomi pays in the
private placement. The warrant will have a 2 year term and include demand and
piggyback registration rights. The agreement also prohibits Inktomi from
acquiring additional shares of our stock for a period of 2 years. We will pay a
placement fee of $1.0 million upon closing of the private placement transaction.
In addition, we have agreed to use our best efforts to complete a technical and
marketing agreement with Inktomi by November 19, 1999.
    
 
   
     On September 23, 1999, we entered into a standby loan facility agreement
with seven shareholders, including a director of ours who will also act as the
administrative agent for the facility. This facility will allow us to draw up to
$10,000,000 prior to December 31, 1999 and will bear interest at prime plus 2%
with principal and interest due on the earlier of six months from the first draw
or a public or private sale of stock. Additionally, we have issued warrants to
purchase 100,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to our
initial public offering share price or at a price determined in a private sale
of our stock. Further, at our option, the facility can be extended for an
additional six month term in consideration for the issuance of warrants to
purchase an additional 100,000 shares of our common stock.
    
 
     We believe that the foregoing transactions were in our best interest and
were made on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions between us and any of our
officers, directors or principal shareholders will be approved by a majority of
the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors, will be on
terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties and will be in connection with our bona fide business purposes.
 
                                       58

<PAGE>   64
 
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 1999 and as adjusted
to reflect our sale of shares for:
 
     - each person who we know to own beneficially more than five percent of the
       common stock,
 
     - each of our directors,
 
     - certain of our executive officers, and
 
     - all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
   
     Except as indicated, and subject to community property laws where
applicable, the persons named have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial
ownership is based on 53,631,357 shares of common stock outstanding on an
as-converted basis as of August 31, 1999. This assumes no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option. If the underwriters' over-allotment option
is exercised in full, we will sell up to an aggregate of 10,005,000 shares of
common stock and up to 63,636,357 shares of common stock will be outstanding
after the completion of this offering. The foregoing information and the
following table excludes 1,194,743 shares of common stock and a warrant to
purchase 597,372 shares of common stock to be issued to Inktomi in a private
placement that will close at the same time or immediately after the closing of
our initial public offering and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common
stock issued to seven shareholders in connection with our standby credit
facility.
    
 
     The number of shares beneficially owned by each shareholder is determined
under rules promulgated by the SEC, and the information is not necessarily
indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules,
beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity
has sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares as to which
the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60
days after August 31, 1999 through the exercise of any stock option or other
right. The inclusion in this table of these shares, however, does not constitute
an admission that the named shareholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner
of, or receives the economic benefit from these shares.
 
     Unless otherwise indicated in the table set forth below, each person or
entity named below has an address in care of our principal executive offices.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                                                  OWNED
                                                              SHARES       --------------------
                                                           BENEFICIALLY    PRIOR TO     AFTER
          NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                OWNED        OFFERING    OFFERING
          ------------------------------------             ------------    --------    --------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>         <C>
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners(1)...........    9,259,259       17.3%       14.9%
     c/o Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners
     1221 Avenue of the Americas
     New York, NY, 10020
William J. Harding(1)....................................    9,259,259       17.3        14.9
H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P.(2)..........................    7,090,134       13.2        11.4
     c/o Hambrecht & Quist LLC
     One Bush Street
     San Francisco, CA 94104
</TABLE>

 
                                       59

<PAGE>   65
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                                                  OWNED
                                                              SHARES       --------------------
                                                           BENEFICIALLY    PRIOR TO     AFTER
          NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                OWNED        OFFERING    OFFERING
          ------------------------------------             ------------    --------    --------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>         <C>
TI Ventures, LP(2).......................................    7,090,134       13.2%       11.4%
     c/o Hambrecht & Quist LLC
     One Bush Street
     San Francisco, CA 94104
Eugene Eidenberg(2)......................................    7,090,134       13.2        11.4
Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P.(3)....................    5,958,334       11.1         9.6
525 University Avenue, Suite 1300
Palo Alto, CA, 94301
Fredric W. Harman(3).....................................    5,958,334       11.1         9.6
Robert J. Lunday, Jr.(4) ................................    5,822,387       10.9         9.3
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated(5)..........................    4,936,071        9.2         7.9
110 100th Avenue Northwest, Suite 550
Bellevue, WA, 98004
Kevin L. Ober(5).........................................    4,936,071        9.2         7.9
Fidelity Investors II Limited Partnership(6).............    2,777,778        5.2         4.5
82 Devonshire Street, R25D
Boston, MA, 02110-2106
FTT Ventures Limited(6)..................................    2,777,778        5.2         4.5
82 Devonshire Street, R25D
Boston, MA, 02110-2106
Paul E. McBride(7).......................................    2,689,804        4.9         4.2
Anthony C. Naughtin(8)...................................    2,292,380        4.2         3.6
Christopher D. Wheeler(9)................................    2,292,380        4.2         3.6
Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr.(10).............................      904,148        1.7         1.4
Charles M. Ortega(11)....................................      135,000          *           *
All directors and executive officers as a group
  (10 persons)(12).......................................   37,253,613       68.8        59.2
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
  *  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
 
 (1) Consists of 780,000 shares held by Morgan Stanley Venture Investors III,
     L.P., 355,417 shares held by The Morgan Stanley Venture Partners
     Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. and 8,123,842 shares held by Morgan Stanley Venture
     Partners III, L.P. The institutional managing member of the general partner
     of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners is a wholly-owned subsidiary
     of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., the parent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
     Incorporated. Dr. William J. Harding, one of our directors, is a managing
     member of the general partner of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture
     Partners. Dr. Harding disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
     Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners, except to the extent of his
     proportionate interest therein.
 
 (2) Consists of 3,551,958 shares held by H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P.,
     3,338,176 shares held by TI Ventures, LP, 91,666 shares issuable upon
     exercise of vested options that are held by Mr. Eugene Eidenberg and
     108,334 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Eidenberg that
     are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 1999 but subject to repurchase
 
                                       60

<PAGE>   66
 
     by InterNAP under terms set forth in a notice of grant of stock option. Mr.
     Eidenberg, the chairman of our board of directors, is a Principal of
     Hambrecht and Quist Venture Associates. Mr. Eidenberg disclaims beneficial
     ownership of the shares held by H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P. and TI
     Ventures, LP.
 
 (3) Consists of 5,845,126 shares held by Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P. and
     113,208 shares held by Oak VIII Affiliates Fund L.P. Mr. Fredric W. Harman,
     one of our directors, is a managing member of the general partners of
     venture capital funds affiliated with Oak Investment Partners. Mr. Harman
     disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Oak Investment
     Partners VIII, L.P. and Oak VIII Affiliates Fund L.P.
 
 (4) Includes 5,000,000 shares subject to an option under a Shareholders
     Agreement dated October 1, 1997, in favor of original Class A Members of
     InterNAP Network Services, L.L.C., including Paul E. McBride, Anthony C.
     Naughtin and Christopher D. Wheeler.
 
 (5) Consists of 4,736,071 shares held by Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, 91,666
     shares held by Mr. Kevin L. Ober and 108,334 shares held by Mr. Ober that
     are subject to repurchase by InterNAP under terms set forth in a notice of
     grant of stock option. Mr. Ober, one of our directors, is a member of the
     investment team of Vulcan Ventures Incorporated. Mr. Ober disclaims
     beneficial ownership in the shares held by Vulcan Ventures Incorporated.
 
 (6) Consists of 1,388,889 shares owned by Fidelity Investors II Limited
     Partnership and 1,388,889 shares owned by FTT Ventures Limited, an
     affiliate of Fidelity Investors II Limited Partnership.
 
 (7) Includes 250,000 shares held by the McBride Trust, 110,856 shares held by
     Mr. McBride FBO Emily A. McBride UTMA, 110,856 shares held by Mr. McBride
     FBO Seth L. McBride UTMA, 110,856 shares held by Mr. McBride's wife in her
     own name, and 1,375,428 shares that may be purchased from Mr. Robert J.
     Lunday, Jr. upon exercise of an outstanding option under a Shareholder
     Agreement, dated October 1, 1997. Mr. Lunday is Mr. McBride's father-
     in-law.
 
 (8) Includes 1,375,428 shares that may be purchased from Mr. Robert J. Lunday,
     Jr. upon exercise of an outstanding option under a Shareholder Agreement,
     dated October 1, 1997.
 
 (9) Includes 1,375,428 shares that may be purchased from Mr. Robert J. Lunday,
     Jr. upon exercise of an outstanding option under a Shareholder Agreement,
     dated October 1, 1997.
 
(10) Includes 325,350 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable
     within 60 days of August 31, 1999.
 
(11) Includes 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of August 31, 1999.
 
(12) Includes 555,350 shares subject to options and warrants which are
     exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 1999.
 
                                       61

<PAGE>   67
 

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Effective upon the closing of this offering, the authorized capital stock
consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value, and 10,000,000
shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value. The following description of our
capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in
its entirety by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws
and by the applicable provisions of Washington law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of June 30, 1999, there were 53,501,228 shares of common stock
outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock into 49,469,479 shares of common stock.
 
     The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted on by the shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock
are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board
of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to
share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the
liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of
common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights. There
are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred
stock will be converted at a rate of one share of common stock for each share of
preferred stock into an aggregate of 49,469,479 shares of common stock.
Following the conversion, our articles of incorporation will be amended and
restated to delete all references to such shares of preferred stock. Under the
amended and restated articles of incorporation, the board has the authority,
without further action by shareholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon such
preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights,
rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preference and sinking fund terms,
any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The
issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders
of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive
dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. Such issuance could have the
effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. The issuance of
preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred
stock.
 
WARRANTS
 
     As of June 30, 1999, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 600,136 shares of
Series B preferred stock were outstanding at an exercise price of $.60 per
share. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price
and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in
the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and
reclassifications and consolidations. Upon the closing of this offering, all
warrants to purchase Series B preferred stock will become exercisable for common
stock at the rate of one share of common stock for each share of preferred stock
underlying the warrants.
 
                                       62

<PAGE>   68
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     After this offering, the holders of 53,065,499 shares of common stock,
including shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, or their permitted
transferees, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of
such shares under the Securities Act. If we propose to register any of our
securities under the Securities Act for our own account or the account of any of
our shareholders other than the holders of the registrable shares, holders of
the registrable shares are entitled, subject to certain limitations and
conditions, to notice of this registration and are, subject to certain
conditions and limitations, entitled to include registrable shares in the
registration, provided, among other conditions, that the underwriters of any
such offering have the right to limit the number of shares included in the
registration. In addition, commencing 180 days after the effective date of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we may be required to
prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our
expense if requested to do so by the holders of at least 21,186,199 of the
registrable shares, provided the reasonably expected aggregate offering price
will equal or exceed $5,000,000. We are required to use our best efforts to
effect such registration, subject to certain conditions and limitations. We are
not obligated to effect more than two of these shareholder-initiated
registrations. Further, holders of registrable securities may require us to file
additional registration statements on Form S-3, subject to certain conditions
and limitations.
    
 
   
     In addition, with the closing of the private placement, Inktomi will hold
rights in connection with 1,194,743 shares of common stock and a warrant to
purchase 597,372 shares of common stock that require us to register its shares
for future sale under certain circumstances. Commencing 180 days after our
initial underwritten public offering, if Inktomi requests that we file a
registration statement covering the registration of private placement shares, we
must use our best efforts to cause such shares to be registered as long as the
aggregate offering price is not less than $5,000,000. We are not obligated to
effect more than one of these Inktomi-initiated registrations. If we deliver
notice to Inktomi within 30 days after any registration request of our intent to
file a registration statement within 90 days, then Inktomi will be permitted to
participate in such registration on the same terms as our other existing holders
of registration rights. Furthermore, Inktomi may require us to file two
additional registration statements on Form S-3, subject to certain conditions
and limitations.
    
 
     We are required to bear substantially all costs incurred in connection with
any of the registrations described above, other than underwriting discounts and
commissions. The registration rights described above could result in substantial
future expenses and adversely affect any future equity or debt offerings.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION, BYLAWS, AS AMENDED, AND WASHINGTON LAW
 
     Our board of directors, without shareholder approval, will have upon the
closing of this offering authority under our amended and restated articles of
incorporation to issue preferred stock with rights superior to the rights of the
holders of common stock. As a result, our board could issue preferred stock
quickly and easily, which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common
stock and which our board could issue with terms calculated to delay or prevent
a change in control or make removal of management more difficult.
 
     Election and Removal of Directors. Effective upon the closing of this
offering, our articles of incorporation will provide for the division of our
board of directors into three classes, as nearly as equal in number as possible,
with the directors in each class serving for a three-year term, and one class
being elected each year by our shareholders. The Class I term will expire at the
annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2000; the Class II term will expire
at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2001; and the Class III term
will expire at the annual meeting of
 
                                       63

<PAGE>   69
 
shareholders to be held in 2002. At each annual meeting of shareholders after
the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will then
expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification
until the third annual meeting following election. Because this system of
electing and removing directors generally makes it more difficult for
shareholders to replace a majority of the board of directors, it may discourage
a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control
and may maintain the incumbency of the board of directors.
 
     Shareholder Meetings. Upon the closing of this offering our bylaws, as
amended, will provide that, except as otherwise required by law or by our
amended and restated articles of incorporation, special meetings of the
shareholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of
directors, the chairman of the board or president. These provisions of our
amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, could
discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change
in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the
policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of
transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These
provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited
acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain
tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have
the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and,
as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our
shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such
provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
 
     Washington law also imposes restrictions on certain transactions between a
corporation and certain significant shareholders. Chapter 23B.19.040 of the
Washington Business Corporation Act prohibits a "target corporation," with
certain exceptions, from engaging in certain significant business transactions
with an "acquiring person," which is defined as a person or group of persons
that beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target
corporation, for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the
transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of
the target corporation's board of directors prior to the time of acquisition.
Such prohibited transactions include, among other things:
 
     - a merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or
       redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;
 
     - termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a
       result of the acquiring person's acquisition of 10% or more of the
       shares; or
 
     - allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefits as
       a shareholder.
 
     After the five-year period, a "significant business transaction" may occur,
as long as it complies with certain "fair price" provisions of the statute. A
corporation may not "opt out" of this statute. This provision may have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                                       64

<PAGE>   70
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our
common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public
market could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.
 
   
     Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 63,526,100
shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 8,700,000 shares of common
stock offered in this prospectus, the sale of 1,194,743 shares of common stock
to Inktomi in a private placement transaction that will close at the same time
or immediately after the closing of our initial public offering, conversion of
all shares of preferred stock and no exercise of options or warrants after
August 31, 1999. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be
freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act; provided, however, that if shares are purchased by "affiliates," as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, their sales of shares
would be subject to certain limitations and restrictions that are described
below.
    
 
     We issued and sold the remaining 53,631,357 shares of common stock,
assuming conversion of all shares of preferred stock, held by existing
shareholders as of August 31, 1999 in reliance on exemptions from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. Of these shares, 53,008,758
shares will be subject to lock-up agreements described below on the effective
date of the offering. Upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, 180 days after
the effective date of the prospectus, 23,579,557 shares will become eligible for
sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   DAYS AFTER DATE OF     SHARES ELIGIBLE
    THIS PROSPECTUS          FOR SALE                              COMMENT
   ------------------     ---------------                          -------
<S>                       <C>               <C>
Upon effectiveness......     8,700,000      Shares sold in the offering
90 days.................       410,476      Shares saleable under Rule 144 that are not subject to
                                            the lock-up
180 days................    23,579,557      Lock-up released: shares saleable under Rules 144 and
                                            701
</TABLE>

 
   
     In addition, holders of stock options and warrants could exercise their
options and warrants and sell the shares issued upon exercise as described
below. As of August 31, 1999 there were a total of 595,700 shares of common
stock that could be issued upon exercise of outstanding warrants, of which
594,917 are subject to lock-up agreements. In addition, we issued to Inktomi a
warrant to purchase 597,372 shares of common stock in a private placement that
will close at the same time or immediately after the closing of our initial
public offering. All shares Inktomi will acquire in the private placement,
including shares Inktomi may acquire upon exercise of its warrant, are subject
to lock-up agreements. As of August 31, 1999, there were a total of 6,848,029
shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our stock plans,
347,879 of which were vested. However, all of these shares are subject to
lock-up agreements. Immediately after the completion of the offering, we intend
to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register
all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under
our stock plans. On the date 180 days after the effective date of this
prospectus, a total of 1,371,097 shares of common stock subject to outstanding
options are exercisable. After the effective dates of the registration
statements on Form S-8, shares purchased upon exercise of options granted
pursuant to our 1998 Stock Option/ Stock Issuance Plan generally would be
available for resale in the public market.
    
 
     The officers, directors and certain of our shareholders have agreed not to
sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180 days after
the date of this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, however, may in
its sole discretion, at any time and in most cases without notice, release all
or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements.
 
                                       65

<PAGE>   71
 
RULE 144
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
   
     - 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will
       equal approximately 635,261 shares immediately after the effective date
       of this offering; or
    
 
     - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq
       National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
       notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
     Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the
manner of sale, notice filing and the availability of current public information
about us.
 
RULE 701
 
     In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers,
consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a
compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the
effective date of the offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to
comply with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144.
 
     The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options
granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon
exercise of these options (including exercises after the date of this
prospectus). Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities
and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates
subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates
under Rule 144 without compliance with its one year minimum holding period
requirement.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     Following this offering, the holders of 52,809,408 shares of common stock
and of warrants exercisable for 256,091 shares of common stock will, under
certain circumstances, have rights to require us to register their shares for
future sale. In addition, Inktomi holds rights in connection with 1,194,743
shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase 597,372 shares of common stock
to require us to register its shares for future sale under certain
circumstances. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights" for
more information about registration rights in our shares of stock.
    
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS
 
     All officers and directors and certain holders of common stock or
securities convertible for common stock and options and warrants to purchase
common stock have agreed pursuant to certain "lock-up" agreements that they will
not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to sell, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or
securities convertible or exchangeable for common stock, or warrants or other
rights to purchase common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated.
 
                                       66

<PAGE>   72
 
DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM
 
     At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 435,000 shares of the
common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our officers, directors,
employees and their family members and to our business associates. These shares
will be offered at the public offering price shown on the cover page of this
prospectus. These persons must commit to purchase no later than the close of
business on the day following the date of this prospectus. The number of shares
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase the reserved shares.
 
                                       67

<PAGE>   73
 
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation, and Hambrecht & Quist L.L.C. are acting as
representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell
to them, severally, an aggregate of 8,700,000 shares of common stock. The number
of shares of common stock that each underwriter has agreed to purchase is set
forth opposite its name below:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF
                            NAME                               SHARES
                            ----                              ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...........................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation......................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.........
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.......................................
                                                              --------
          Total.............................................
                                                              ========
</TABLE>

 
     The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the
shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides
that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery
of the shares of common stock offered hereby are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The
underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus if any shares are taken. However, the underwriters
are not required to take or pay for the share covered by the underwriters
over-allotment option described below.
 
     The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price.
Any underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of $          a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After
the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other
selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
 
   
     Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have granted to the underwriters
an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase
up to an aggregate of 1,305,000 additional shares of common stock at the public
offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting
discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise such option solely for
the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the
offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent
such option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the
additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to such
underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of
common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding
table. If the underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised in full, the
total price to the public would be $180,090,000, the total underwriters'
discounts and commissions would be $12,606,300 and the total proceeds to us
would be $166,383,700.
    
 
     The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to
discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of
common stock offered by them.
 
                                       68

<PAGE>   74
 
     We have applied for approval of our common stock for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "INAP."
 
     We, the directors, officers, shareholders and certain optionholders of ours
have each agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, during the period
commencing on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days after such date,
directly or indirectly:
 
      - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
        purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
        right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
        directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
        convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
 
      - enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in
        whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of
        common stock.
 
Any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
 
     The restrictions described in the previous paragraph do not apply to:
 
      - the sale to the underwriters of the shares of common stock under the
        underwriting agreement;
 
      - the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an
        option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the
        date of this prospectus which is described in this prospectus;
 
      - transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common
        stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the
        completion of the offering of the shares; or
 
      - issuances of certain shares of common stock or options to purchase
        shares of common stock pursuant to our employee benefit plans as in
        existence on the date of this prospectus.
 
     In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in
connection with the offering, creating a short position in the common stock for
their own account. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the
price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of
common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim
selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the
common stock in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed
shares of common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in
stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize
or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market
levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may
end any of these activities at any time. Upon consummation of this offering,
affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will own 14.9% of the common
stock on an as-converted basis (14.6% if the over-allotment option granted to
the underwriters is exercised in full). Currently, affiliates of Morgan Stanley
& Co. Incorporated have designated one member to the board of directors (Dr.
Harding). Dr. Harding is a principal and employee of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated. See "Management." Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may continue
to provide investment banking and financial advisory services to us for which it
may receive customary fees and commissions.
 
                                       69

<PAGE>   75
 
     We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     On September 17, 1999, we entered into an agreement with Inktomi to sell
$20.0 million of common stock in a private placement that will close at the same
time or immediately after the closing of our initial public offering. In
connection with this transaction, we agreed to pay Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated a private placement fee of $1.0 million for services provided in
connection with the financing.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. The public offering price for the shares of common stock will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the
underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the public
offering price will be our record of operations, our current financial position
and future prospects and our industry in general, the experience of our
management, sales, earnings and certain of our other financial and operating
information in recent periods, the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios,
market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of
companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated public offering
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change
as a result of market conditions and other factors.
 

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The legality of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for us by Cooley Godward LLP, Kirkland, Washington. An investment
partnership of Cooley Godward attorneys beneficially owns an aggregate 46,296
shares of our common stock. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, Palo Alto, California.
 

                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of InterNAP Network Services Corporation as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, included
in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
                                       70

<PAGE>   76
 
                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities Act, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. As
permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus, which is a
part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits,
schedules and undertakings included in the registration statement. For further
information pertaining to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus,
reference is made to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules.
Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents or provisions of
any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement,
with each statement being qualified in all respects by the reference to a
document or contract. A copy of the registration statement may be inspected
without charge at the office of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington,
D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's regional offices located at the Northwest Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven
World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of all or any
part of the registration statement may be obtained from these offices upon the
payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on
the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1 800-SEC-0330.
In addition, registration statements and other filings made with the SEC through
its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system are
publicly available through the SEC's Web site on the Internet's World Wide Web,
located at http://www.sec.gov. The registration statement, including all
exhibits and amendments to the registration statement, was filed with the SEC
through EDGAR.
 
                                       71

<PAGE>   77
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Accountants...........................  F-2
Balance Sheet...............................................  F-3
Statement of Operations.....................................  F-4
Statement of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit).................  F-5
Statement of Cash Flows.....................................  F-6
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-7

</TABLE>

 
                                       F-1

<PAGE>   78
 
   

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
InterNAP Network Services Corporation
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of operations, of shareholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of InterNAP Network
Services Corporation at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
April 2, 1999

 
                                       F-2

<PAGE>   79
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                                                           SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                              DECEMBER 31,                   EQUITY AT
                                                            -----------------   JUNE 30,     JUNE 30,
                                                             1997      1998       1999         1999
                                                            -------   -------   --------   -------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
                          ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $ 4,770   $   275   $  3,301
  Short-term investments..................................       --        --      9,995
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $27, $65, and
     $78, respectively....................................      228       766      1,577
  Prepaid expenses and other assets.......................        8       280        197
                                                            -------   -------   --------
          Total current assets............................    5,006     1,321     15,070
Property and equipment, net...............................      867     5,828     13,665
Restricted cash...........................................       --        --      1,019
Patents and trademarks, net...............................       48        48         79
Deposits and other assets, net............................       66       290        997
                                                            -------   -------   --------
          Total assets....................................  $ 5,987   $ 7,487   $ 30,830
                                                            =======   =======   ========
      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable........................................  $   345   $ 2,603   $  2,638
  Accrued liabilities.....................................       94       713        737
  Deferred revenues.......................................       84       284         23
  Note payable............................................       34        --         --
  Line of credit..........................................       --       650        625
  Capital lease obligations, current portion..............      361     1,331      2,757
                                                            -------   -------   --------
          Total current liabilities.......................      918     5,581      6,780
Capital lease obligations, less current portion...........      240     2,342      6,776
                                                            -------   -------   --------
          Total liabilities...............................    1,158     7,923     13,556
                                                            -------   -------   --------
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized
     50,070 shares; 17,195, 19,645, 49,469 and no pro
     forma shares issued and outstanding, respectively;
     aggregate liquidation preference of $6,998, $8,466
     and $40,584, respectively............................       18        20         50     $     --
  Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized 300,000
     shares; 3,333, 3,336, 4,032, and 53,501 (pro forma)
     shares issued and outstanding, respectively..........        3         3          4           54
  Additional paid-in capital..............................    7,376     9,576     57,023       57,023
  Deferred stock compensation.............................       --      (494)   (14,113)     (14,113)
  Accumulated deficit.....................................   (2,568)   (9,541)   (25,690)     (25,690)
                                                            -------   -------   --------     --------
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit)............    4,829      (436)    17,274     $ 17,274
                                                            -------   -------   --------     ========
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
            (deficit).....................................  $ 5,987   $ 7,487   $ 30,830
                                                            =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-3

<PAGE>   80
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERIOD FROM                               SIX
                                           INCEPTION        YEARS ENDED         MONTHS ENDED
                                         (MAY 1, 1996)     DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                          TO DECEMBER    -----------------   ------------------
                                           31, 1996       1997      1998      1998       1999
                                         -------------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues...............................     $   44       $ 1,045   $ 1,957   $   731   $  3,410
                                            ------       -------   -------   -------   --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of network and customer
     support...........................        321         1,092     3,216       994      7,906
  Product development..................        184           389       754       318      1,395
  Sales and marketing..................         78           261     2,822       352      5,869
  General and administrative...........        378           713     1,910       594      2,905
  Amortization of deferred stock
     compensation......................         --            --       205        19      1,787
                                            ------       -------   -------   -------   --------
       Total operating costs and
          expenses.....................        961         2,455     8,907     2,277     19,862
                                            ------       -------   -------   -------   --------
  Loss from operations.................       (917)       (1,410)   (6,950)   (1,546)   (16,452)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income......................          6            36       169       121        450
  Interest and financing expense.......        (48)         (235)      (90)      (36)      (147)
  Loss on disposal of assets...........         --            --      (102)       --         --
                                            ------       -------   -------   -------   --------
     Net loss..........................     $ (959)      $(1,609)  $(6,973)  $(1,461)  $(16,149)
                                            ======       =======   =======   =======   ========
Basic and diluted net loss per share...     $ (.29)      $  (.48)  $ (2.09)  $  (.44)  $  (4.78)
                                            ======       =======   =======   =======   ========
Weighted average shares used in
  computing basic and diluted net loss
  per share............................      3,333         3,333     3,336     3,336      3,378
                                            ======       =======   =======   =======   ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share (unaudited)................                            $  (.31)            $   (.34)
                                                                   =======             ========
Weighted average shares used in
  computing pro forma basic and diluted
  net loss per share (unaudited).......                             22,733               47,771
                                                                   =======             ========
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-4

<PAGE>   81
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                  STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                 FROM INCEPTION (MAY 1, 1996) TO JUNE 30, 1999
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               CLASS A AND       CONVERTIBLE          COMMON
                                  B UNIT       PREFERRED STOCK        STOCK
                              --------------   ----------------   --------------   ADDITIONAL      DEFERRED
                                        PAR               PAR               PAR     PAID-IN         STOCK        ACCUMULATED
                              UNITS    VALUE   SHARES    VALUE    SHARES   VALUE    CAPITAL      COMPENSATION      DEFICIT
                              ------   -----   -------   ------   ------   -----   ----------   --------------   -----------
<S>                           <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>          <C>              <C>
Issuance of Class A Units...   2,000    $ 2        --     $--        --     $--     $    --        $     --       $     --
Issuance of Class B Units...   4,000      4        --      --        --      --         996              --             --
Net loss....................      --     --        --      --        --      --          --              --           (959)
                              ------    ---    ------     ---     -----     ---     -------        --------       --------
Balances, December 31,
  1996......................   6,000      6        --      --        --      --         996              --           (959)
Exchange of Class A Units
  for common stock at an
  exchange ratio of
  1:1.667...................  (2,000)    (2)       --      --     3,333       3          (1)             --             --
Exchange of Class B Units
  for Series A preferred
  stock at an exchange ratio
  of 1:1.667................  (4,000)    (4)    6,667       7        --      --          (3)             --             --
Convertible notes payable
  and accrued interest
  converted to Series B
  preferred stock...........      --     --       927       1        --      --         556              --             --
Value ascribed to bridge
  financing warrants........      --     --        --      --        --      --         124              --             --
Issuance of Series B
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $47....................      --     --     9,601      10        --      --       5,704              --             --
Net loss....................      --     --        --      --        --      --          --              --         (1,609)
                              ------    ---    ------     ---     -----     ---     -------        --------       --------
Balances, December 31,
  1997......................      --     --    17,195      18     3,333       3       7,376              --         (2,568)
Issuance of Series B
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $21....................      --     --     2,333       2        --      --       1,376              --             --
Issuance of common stock to
  an employee...............      --     --        --      --         3      --           1              --             --
Value ascribed to lease
  financing warrants........      --     --        --      --        --      --          54              --             --
Exercise of warrants to
  purchase Series B
  preferred stock...........      --     --       117      --        --      --          70              --             --
Deferred compensation
  related to grants of stock
  options...................      --     --        --      --        --      --         699            (699)            --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation........      --     --        --      --        --      --          --             205             --
Net loss....................      --     --        --      --        --      --          --              --         (6,973)
                              ------    ---    ------     ---     -----     ---     -------        --------       --------
Balances, December 31,
  1998......................      --     --    19,645      20     3,336       3       9,576            (494)        (9,541)
Issuances of Series C
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $85....................      --     --    29,630      30        --      --      31,884              --             --
Exercise of warrants to
  purchase Series B
  preferred stock...........      --     --       194      --        --      --         116              --             --
Exercise of employee stock
  options...................      --     --        --      --       696       1          41              --             --
Deferred compensation
  related to grants of stock
  options...................      --     --        --      --        --      --      15,406         (15,406)            --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation........      --     --        --      --        --      --          --           1,787             --
Net loss....................      --     --        --      --        --      --          --              --        (16,149)
                              ------    ---    ------     ---     -----     ---     -------        --------       --------
Balances, June 30, 1999
  (unaudited)...............      --    $--    49,469     $50     4,032     $ 4     $57,023        $(14,113)      $(25,690)
                              ======    ===    ======     ===     =====     ===     =======        ========       ========
 
<CAPTION>
 
                               TOTAL
                              --------
<S>                           <C>
Issuance of Class A Units...  $      2
Issuance of Class B Units...     1,000
Net loss....................      (959)
                              --------
Balances, December 31,
  1996......................        43
Exchange of Class A Units
  for common stock at an
  exchange ratio of
  1:1.667...................        --
Exchange of Class B Units
  for Series A preferred
  stock at an exchange ratio
  of 1:1.667................        --
Convertible notes payable
  and accrued interest
  converted to Series B
  preferred stock...........       557
Value ascribed to bridge
  financing warrants........       124
Issuance of Series B
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $47....................     5,714
Net loss....................    (1,609)
                              --------
Balances, December 31,
  1997......................     4,829
Issuance of Series B
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $21....................     1,378
Issuance of common stock to
  an employee...............         1
Value ascribed to lease
  financing warrants........        54
Exercise of warrants to
  purchase Series B
  preferred stock...........        70
Deferred compensation
  related to grants of stock
  options...................        --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation........       205
Net loss....................    (6,973)
                              --------
Balances, December 31,
  1998......................      (436)
Issuances of Series C
  preferred stock, net of
  issuance costs
  of $85....................    31,914
Exercise of warrants to
  purchase Series B
  preferred stock...........       116
Exercise of employee stock
  options...................        42
Deferred compensation
  related to grants of stock
  options...................        --
Amortization of deferred
  stock compensation........     1,787
Net loss....................   (16,149)
                              --------
Balances, June 30, 1999
  (unaudited)...............  $ 17,274
                              ========
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       F-5

<PAGE>   82
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PERIOD FROM
                                                                INCEPTION          YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             (MAY 1, 1996) TO     DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                               DECEMBER 31,     -----------------   ------------------
                                                                   1996          1997      1998      1998       1999
                                                             ----------------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss..................................................     $  (959)       $(1,609)  $(6,973)  $(1,461)  $(16,149)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization.........................         103            297       725       247      1,305
      Loss on disposal of assets............................          --             --       102        --         --
      Non-cash interest and financing expense...............          --            146         7         2          9
      Provision for doubtful accounts.......................          --             27       140        92         58
      Amortization of deferred stock compensation...........          --             --       205        19      1,787
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable................................         (31)          (224)     (678)     (135)      (869)
         Prepaid expenses and other assets..................        (113)            38      (391)     (117)      (580)
         Accounts payable...................................         264             82       721       (75)     1,370
         Deferred revenues..................................          --             84       200       (75)      (261)
         Accrued liabilities................................          57             37       619        57         24
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
         Net cash used in operating activities..............        (679)        (1,122)   (5,323)   (1,446)   (13,306)
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment.......................        (174)           (93)     (641)     (343)    (4,221)
  Deposits on property and equipment........................          --             --       (58)       --         --
  Purchase of short-term investments........................          --             --        --        --     (9,995)
  Payments for patents and trademarks.......................          --            (48)       (3)       --        (33)
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
         Net cash used in investing activities..............        (174)          (141)     (702)     (343)   (14,249)
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from shareholder loan and line of credit.........         475            180        --        --      1,100
  Repayment of shareholder loan and line of credit..........        (475)          (180)       --        --     (1,100)
  Issuance of notes payable.................................          69             --        --        --         --
  Proceeds from issuance of Class A and B Units.............       1,002             --        --        --         --
  Principal payments on note payable........................          --            (34)      (34)       --         --
  Net increase (decrease) in line of credit.................          --             --       650       250        (25)
  Payments on capital lease obligations.....................         (73)          (327)     (534)     (187)      (875)
  Proceeds from equipment leaseback financing...............          --             --        --        --        428
  Restricted cash related to obtaining lease line...........          --             --        --        --     (1,019)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options...................          --             --        --        --         42
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable.......          --            660        --        --         --
  Principal payments on convertible note payable............          --           (125)       --        --         --
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance
    cost....................................................          --          5,714     1,448     1,378     32,030
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
         Net cash provided by financing activities..........         998          5,888     1,530     1,441     30,581
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........         145          4,625    (4,495)     (348)     3,026
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............          --            145     4,770     4,770        275
                                                                 -------        -------   -------   -------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................     $   145        $ 4,770   $   275   $ 4,422   $  3,301
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized........     $    48        $   103   $    82   $    34   $    138
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
  Purchase of property and equipment financed with capital
    leases..................................................     $   740        $   260   $ 3,606   $    --   $  6,307
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
  Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts
    payable.................................................     $    --        $    --   $ 1,537   $    --   $    202
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
  Conversion of convertible notes to Series B preferred
    stock...................................................     $    --        $   535   $    --   $    --   $     --
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
  Value ascribed to warrants................................     $    --        $   124   $    54   $    14   $     --
                                                                 =======        =======   =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-6

<PAGE>   83
 
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 

THE COMPANY
 
     InterNAP Network Services Corporation (the "Company") was originally
incorporated in the State of Washington as a limited liability company ("LLC")
in May 1996. The Company was re-incorporated in the State of Washington in
October 1997 as a C corporation without changing its ownership. The Articles of
Incorporation were further amended in January 1999 to provide for the
authorization of additional common and preferred stock and, accordingly, the
disclosures in the financial statements and related notes have been adjusted to
reflect this amendment for all periods presented.
 
     The Company is a leading provider of fast, reliable and centrally managed
Internet connectivity services targeted at businesses seeking to maximize the
performance of mission-critical Internet-based applications. Customers connected
to one of the Company's Private-Network Access Points ("P-NAPs") have their data
optimally routed to and from destinations on the Internet in a manner that
minimizes the use of congested public network access points and private peering
points.
 
     The Company began selling Internet connectivity services from its first
P-NAP, located in Seattle, during October 1996. The Company began selling
services from its second and third P-NAPs in New York City and San Jose by
December 1998. During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company began
selling services from P-NAPs located in the Washington D.C., Los Angeles,
Chicago and Boston metropolitan areas.
 
     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred losses since
inception and the expansion and development of its business plan will require
significant capital. The Company is currently seeking additional financing;
however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such
equity or debt financing when required, or, if available, on acceptable terms.
If the Company fails to obtain capital when required, the Company could modify,
delay or abandon some or all of the Company's business and expansion plans,
which management believes would result in the reduction of expenditures.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The financial information at June 30, 1999 and for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the related notes, are unaudited but include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation, in all material respects, of its
financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the interim date and
periods presented. Results for the six-month period ended June 30, 1999 are not
necessarily indicative of results for the entire fiscal year or future periods.
 
ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the
financial statements and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements. Examples of estimates subject to possible
revision based upon the outcome of future events include depreciation of
property and equipment, income tax liabilities,
 
                                       F-7

<PAGE>   84
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
the valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets and the allowance for
doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS
 
     The Company generally considers any highly liquid investments purchased
with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of
purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
     The Company classifies, at the date of acquisition, its marketable
securities into categories in accordance with the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities." Currently, the Company classifies its securities as
available-for-sale which are reported at fair market value with the related
unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders' equity (deficit).
Unrealized gains and losses were not material for all periods presented.
Realized gains and losses and declines in value of securities judged to be other
than temporary are included in other income (expense). Interest and dividends on
all securities are included in interest income. The fair value of the Company's
short-term investments are based on quoted market prices. The carrying value of
those investments approximates their fair value. At June 30, 1999, short-term
investments consisted of commercial paper and government securities with
maturities of less than one year.
 
     The Company invests its cash and cash equivalents in deposits with two
financial institutions that may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.
Management believes that the risk of loss is minimal. To date, the Company has
not experienced any losses related to temporary cash investments.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     The Company extends trade credit terms to its customers based upon a credit
analysis performed by management. Further credit reviews are done on a periodic
basis as necessary. Generally, collateral is not required on accounts
receivable, however, advance deposits are collected for accounts considered
credit risks.
 
     During 1998, the Company had two significant customers representing
approximately 13.6% and 9.6% of revenues and 9.9% and 11.0% of accounts
receivable at December 31, 1998, respectively. Additionally, the Company had a
single customer which is billed for its quarterly services in advance and, as a
result, comprised 23.4% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1998. Similarly,
during 1997, the Company had a significant customer representing 18.1% of
revenues and 28.1% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1997. In addition, a
significant customer which represented 20.8% of 1997 revenues and 35.5% of
accounts receivable at December 13, 1997, declared bankruptcy during 1998.
Consequently, the Company did not recognize significant revenue from this
customer during 1998 and the accounts receivable balance at December 31, 1997,
for which a reserve was provided for in the allowance for doubtful accounts, was
written off during 1998 when it was determined that the Company would not be
able to recover the balance. For 1996, the Company had two significant customers
which represented 14.9% and 56.2% of revenues.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital lease
obligations, and the line of credit are
 
                                       F-8

<PAGE>   85
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
carried at cost. The Company's short-term financial instruments approximate fair
value due to their relatively short maturities. The carrying value of the
Company's long-term financial instruments approximate fair value as the interest
rates approximate current market rates of similar debt.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists principally of routers, telecommunications
equipment and other computer equipment. Network equipment and furniture and
equipment are carried at original acquisition cost and depreciated or amortized
on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which
range from 3 to 7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line
basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the
related lease. Additions and improvements that increase the value or extend the
life of an asset are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as
incurred. Gains or losses from asset disposals are charged to operations in the
year of disposition.
 
     Direct construction costs of each P-NAP, including equipment and labor
costs, are capitalized during the construction period. In addition, the Company
capitalizes interest costs as part of the cost of its P-NAPs when the P-NAPs
require an extended period of time to ready them for their intended use. During
1998, the Company capitalized approximately $78,000 and $34,000 of labor and
interest costs, respectively, related to the construction of several P-NAPs.
These costs are included as part of the cost of the network equipment.
 
     The Company currently purchases the majority of its network equipment from
one vendor. The Company does not carry significant inventory of such equipment.
Failure to obtain the network equipment when required could negatively impact
the Company's operating results until an alternative supply source is
established. Although there are a limited number of other suppliers, there can
be no assurance that such equipment would be available and on comparable terms.
 
COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR OBTAINED FOR INTERNAL USE
 
     Costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use are
capitalized while in the application development stage and are expensed while in
the preliminary stage and the post-implementation stage. During 1998, the
Company capitalized approximately $76,000 of internal development costs incurred
during the application development stage of certain software. These costs are
included as part of the cost of network equipment.
 
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
 
     Capitalized patent and trademark costs represent professional fees incurred
for patent and trademark filings and are capitalized at cost. Patents and
trademarks are amortized over 15 years. Accumulated amortization as of December
31, 1997 and 1998 was $284 and $3,698, respectively.
 
VALUATION OF LONG LIVED ASSETS
 
     The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived
assets, including, but not limited to, property and equipment, patents and
trademarks, and other assets. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is
considered impaired when the undiscounted cash flow from such asset is
separately identifiable and is estimated to be less than its carrying value. In
that event, a loss is recognized
 
                                       F-9

<PAGE>   86
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of
the long-lived asset. Fair market value is determined primarily using the
anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved.
Losses on long lived assets to be disposed of would be determined in a similar
manner, except that fair market values would be reduced by the cost of disposal.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are
expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary,
to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.
 
DEBT ISSUED WITH STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
 
     Proceeds from debt issued with stock purchase warrants are allocated
between the debt and the warrants based on their relative fair values, and the
value ascribed to the warrants, based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model,
is amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the
effective interest method. When the Company issues stock purchase warrants in
conjunction with obtaining a lease financing line of credit, the fair value of
the warrants, based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is included as a
deferred financing cost in deposits and other assets and is amortized to
interest expense over the term of the lease line using the straight-line method.
At December 31, 1998, $46,934 of deferred financing costs, net of accumulated
amortization of $7,525, are included in deposits and other assets, net.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     Employee stock options are accounted for under the intrinsic value method
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25") "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees" and related interpretations.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     The Company recognizes service revenues as they are earned. Revenues from
initial installation of customer network connections are recognized when
installations are complete. Customers are billed on the last day of each month
either on a usage or a flat-rate basis. The usage based billing relates to the
month in which the billing occurs, whereas certain flat rate billings are for
the month subsequent to the billing month. Deferred revenues consist of revenues
for services to be delivered in the future and consist primarily of advance
billings for flat rate customers.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
     Product development costs are primarily related to network engineering
costs associated with changes to the functionality of the Company's proprietary
services and network architecture. Such costs that do not qualify for
capitalization are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs are
expensed as incurred. Included in product development costs are research and
development costs
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>   87
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
which for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to December 31, 1996, the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended June 30, 1998
and 1999 amounted to approximately $184,000, $389,000, $708,000, $318,000
(unaudited) and $903,000 (unaudited), respectively.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
     The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising
expense for 1997 and 1998 was $15,670 and $63,433, respectively. There was no
advertising expense for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to December 31,
1996.
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
     The Company has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS No. 130") effective
January 1, 1998. SFAS No. 130 requires the disclosure of comprehensive income
and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.
Comprehensive income is the change in equity from transactions and other events
and circumstances other than those resulting from investments by owners and
distributions to owners. SFAS No. 130 had no impact on the Company and,
accordingly, a separate statement of comprehensive income has not been
presented.
 
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
     Basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less the
weighted average number of unvested shares of common stock issued that are
subject to repurchase. Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share, as
presented in the statement of operations, has been computed as described above
and also gives effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock
(using the if-converted method) from the original date of issuance. The Company
has excluded all convertible preferred stock, warrants to purchase convertible
preferred stock, outstanding options to purchase common stock and shares subject
to repurchase from the calculation of diluted net loss per share, as such
securities are antidilutive for all periods presented.
 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>   88
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted and pro
forma basic and diluted (unaudited) net loss per share (in thousands, except per
share data):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PERIOD FROM                              SIX MONTHS
                                          INCEPTION          YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                       (MAY 1, 1996) TO     DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                         DECEMBER 31,     -----------------   ------------------
                                             1996          1997      1998      1998       1999
                                       ----------------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net loss.............................       $ (959)       $(1,609)  $(6,973)  $(1,461)  $(16,149)
                                            ======        =======   =======   =======   ========
Basic and diluted:
  Weighted average shares of common
     stock outstanding used in
     computing basic and diluted net
     loss per share..................        3,333          3,333     3,336     3,336      3,378
                                            ======        =======   =======   =======   ========
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share..............................       $ (.29)       $  (.48)  $ (2.09)  $  (.44)  $  (4.78)
                                            ======        =======   =======   =======   ========
Pro forma (unaudited):
  Net loss...........................                               $(6,973)            $(16,149)
                                                                    =======             ========
  Shares used above..................                                 3,336                3,378
  Pro forma adjustment to reflect
     weighted effect of assumed
     conversion of convertible
     preferred stock.................                                19,397               44,393
                                                                    -------             --------
  Weighted average shares used in
     computing pro forma basic and
     diluted net loss per common
     share...........................                                22,733               47,771
                                                                    =======             ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per common share (unaudited).......                               $  (.31)            $   (.34)
                                                                    =======             ========
Antidilutive securities not included
  in diluted net loss per share
  calculation:
     Convertible preferred stock.....        6,667         17,195    19,645    19,529     49,469
     Options to purchase common
       stock.........................           --             --     3,412       400      6,137
     Warrants to purchase Series B
       preferred stock...............           --            786       794       828        600
     Unvested shares of common stock
       subject to repurchase.........           --             --        --        --         50
                                            ------        -------   -------   -------   --------
                                             6,667         17,981    23,851    20,757     56,256
                                            ======        =======   =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>

 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     Upon closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, all of the
convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically be converted into
common stock. Unaudited pro forma shareholders' equity at June 30, 1999, as
adjusted for the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock based on the
shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 1999, is disclosed
on
 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>   89
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
the balance sheet. Series A, B and C preferred stock convert to common stock at
a conversion rate of one to one.
 
SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
     The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131
("SFAS No. 131") "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31,
1997. SFAS No. 131 supersedes SFAS No. 14, "Financial Reporting for Segments of
a Business Enterprise," replacing the "industry segment" approach with the
"management" approach. The management approach designates the internal
organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and
assessing performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments. SFAS
No. 131 also requires disclosures about products and services, geographic areas,
and major customers. The Company's operations consist of Internet connectivity
services, other ancillary services, such as co-location, web hosting and server
management, and installation services. Management uses one measurement of
profitability and does not disaggregate its business for internal reporting.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 ("SFAS No. 133"), "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No.
133, which will be effective for the Company for fiscal years and quarters
beginning after June 15, 2000, requires that an entity recognize all derivatives
as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and
measure those instruments at fair value. The Company is assessing the
requirements of SFAS No. 133 and the effects, if any, on the Company's financial
position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
     In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-1 ("SOP 98-1"), "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This statement
requires companies to capitalize qualifying computer software costs which are
incurred during the application development stage and amortize them over the
software's estimated useful life. SOP 98-1 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company adopted the requirements of SOP
98-1 during 1998.
 
     In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statements of Position 98-5 ("SOP 98-5"), "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities." This statement requires companies to expense the costs of
start-up activities and organization costs as incurred. In general, SOP 98-5 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company
adopted SOP 98-5 during 1999, which did not have a material impact on its
results of operations.
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>   90
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ----------------      JUNE 30,
                                                            1997      1998         1999
                                                           ------    ------    ------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>       <C>
Network equipment........................................  $   88    $1,150      $ 1,972
Network equipment under capital lease....................     908     4,465        9,735
Furniture, equipment and software........................       7       424        2,322
Furniture, equipment and software under capital lease....      92       142          948
Leasehold improvements...................................     171       688          998
                                                           ------    ------      -------
                                                            1,266     6,869       15,975
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ($258,
  $952 and $1,747 (unaudited) related to capital leases
  at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and June 30, 1999,
  respectively)..........................................    (399)   (1,041)      (2,310)
                                                           ------    ------      -------
Property and equipment, net..............................  $  867    $5,828      $13,665
                                                           ======    ======      =======
</TABLE>

 
     Depreciation and amortization expense for the period from inception (May 1,
1996) to December 31, 1996, the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the
six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 amounted to $102,746, $297,027,
$720,762, $245,320 (unaudited) and $1,303,253 (unaudited), respectively. Assets
under capital leases are pledged as collateral for the underlying lease
agreements.
 
3. ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
 
     Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------      JUNE 30,
                                                       1997    1998        1999
                                                       ----    ----    ------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>     <C>     <C>
Compensation payable.................................  $33     $567        $423
Taxes payable........................................   49       95          52
Other................................................   12       51         262
                                                       ---     ----        ----
                                                       $94     $713        $737
                                                       ===     ====        ====
</TABLE>

 
4. NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT:
 
     During November 1997, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement
(the "Line") with a bank allowing aggregate borrowings of up to $750,000 for the
purchase of equipment and for working capital. The Line is collateralized by the
assets of the Company and interest is payable at prime plus 1% (8.75% at
December 31, 1998). The Line requires interest only payments monthly and expires
in May 1999. Among other things, the lender has the right to require immediate
payment in the event of a material adverse change in the financial position of
the Company. A material adverse change is defined as a material impairment in
the perfection or priority of the bank's collateral or a material impairment of
the prospect of repayment of the Line. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the
Company had $650,000 and $0, respectively, outstanding on the Line.
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>   91
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     During 1997, the Company entered into a series of convertible notes payable
(the "Bridge Financing Agreements") to finance working capital equipment
requirements prior to the sale of Series B preferred stock. The total amount
borrowed under the Bridge Financing Agreements was $660,000. The Bridge
Financing Agreements had various due dates within 1997, with interest at 9% per
year. The Bridge Financing Agreements were either converted to Series B
preferred stock or repaid during 1997 and there were no amounts outstanding at
December 31, 1997. In connection with the Bridge Financing Agreements, the
Company issued warrants to purchase 785,759 shares of Series B preferred stock
at a price of $.60 per share, which resulted in financing expense of $124,310.
 
     The Company also entered into an agreement during 1997 with a shareholder
to provide a $250,000 working capital line of credit. During 1997, the Company
borrowed $180,000 on the line and recorded interest expense of $5,020. All
amounts borrowed under the working capital line of credit were repaid during
1997.
 
     At December 31, 1997, the Company had a note payable due to a lessor for
leasehold improvements in the amount of $34,444, which was repaid in full during
1998. The note included interest at 10% and was guaranteed by certain
shareholders and officers of the Company.
 
5. CAPITAL LEASES:
 
     The Company has leases for a significant portion of its property and
equipment which are classified as capital leases. Interest on equipment and
furniture leases range from 4% to 20%, expire through 2003 and generally include
an option allowing the Company to purchase the equipment or furniture at the end
of the lease term for fair market value.
 
     Future minimum capital lease payments together with the present value of
the minimum lease payments are as follows as of December 31, 1998 (in
thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDING
                        DECEMBER 31,
                        ------------
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $ 1,663
2000........................................................    1,414
2001........................................................    1,152
2002........................................................       39
2003........................................................       10
                                                              -------
          Total minimum lease payments......................    4,278
Less: amount representing interest..........................     (605)
                                                              -------
Present value of minimum lease payments.....................    3,673
Less: current portion.......................................   (1,331)
                                                              -------
  Capital lease obligations, less current portion...........  $ 2,342
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $900,000 available on a
lease line with a financing company and, in January and February 1999, the
Company drew the remaining $900,000 for the purchase of certain property and
equipment.
 
     In March 1999, the Company amended an existing lease credit facility with a
vendor which increased the available line by $4,000,000 through March 31, 1999
and an additional $2,000,000 subsequent to March 31, 1999, if certain terms and
conditions are met. The $4,000,000 and
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>   92
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
$2,000,000 increases require the Company to maintain $539,100 and $359,400,
respectively, in a restricted account for twenty four months. Alternatively, the
Company may establish an unused line of credit at a commercial bank for the same
amounts.
 
6. INCOME TAXES:
 
     Prior to the re-incorporation of the Company in October 1997, the Company
operated as an LLC and was not subject to income taxes.
 
     As of December 31, 1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $7,242,000, expiring through 2018. The Company has placed a
valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty
surrounding the realization of such assets. Management evaluates, on a quarterly
basis, the recoverability of the deferred tax asset and the level of the
valuation allowance. At such time as it is determined that it is more likely
than not that the deferred tax assets are realizable, the valuation allowance
will be reduced.
 
     The Company's ability to use its net operating losses to offset future
income is subject to restrictions in the Internal Revenue Code which could limit
the Company's future use of its net operating losses if certain stock ownership
changes occur. The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows
(in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                              1997      1998
                                                              -----    -------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................  $  94    $ 2,680
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................      9         24
  Property and equipment....................................      9         --
  Other.....................................................      2         --
                                                              -----    -------
                                                                114      2,704
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Property and equipment....................................     --        (58)
                                                              -----    -------
                                                                114      2,646
  Valuation allowance.......................................   (114)    (2,646)
                                                              -----    -------
  Net deferred tax assets...................................  $  --    $    --
                                                              =====    =======
</TABLE>

 
     The following is a reconciliation of the income tax benefit to the amount
calculated based on the statutory federal rate of 34% and the estimated state
apportioned rate of 3%, net of the federal tax benefit, for the period from
inception (May 1, 1996) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996    1997    1998
                                                             ----    ----    ----
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Federal income tax benefit at statutory rates..............  (34)%   (34)%   (34)%
State income tax benefit at statutory rates................   --      --      (3)
Non-taxable LLC losses.....................................   34      25      --
Change in valuation allowance..............................   --       9      37
                                                             ---     ---     ---
Effective tax rate.........................................   --%     --%     --%
                                                             ===     ===     ===
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>   93
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN:
 
     During March 1998, the Company established a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the
"Plan") which covers substantially all eligible employees. The Plan is a
qualified salary reduction plan in which all eligible participants may elect to
have a percentage of their pre-tax compensation contributed to the Plan, subject
to certain guidelines issued by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company can
contribute to the plan at the discretion of the Board of Directors. To date, no
contributions have been made by the Company.
 
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     Leases relating to office space and P-NAP rental space are classified as
operating. Future minimum lease payments on non-cancelable operating leases are
as follows at December 31, 1998 (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDING
                        DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $1,009
2000........................................................     944
2001........................................................     904
2002........................................................     754
2003........................................................     484
                                                              ------
                                                              $4,095
                                                              ======
</TABLE>

 
     Rent expense was approximately $61,000, $111,000, $571,000, $95,827
(unaudited) and $1,003,136 (unaudited) for the period from inception (May 1,
1996) to December 31, 1996, for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and
for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
 
SERVICE COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into contracts with a backbone service provider and
a local exchange carrier to provide interconnection services. The contract with
the local exchange carrier provides for volume pricing based on a minimum
monthly payment. The required minimum monthly payment to the local exchange
carrier does not begin until six months after the deployment of the related
P-NAP and, as a result, will not begin until mid-1999. During that interim
period, the monthly payments are based on actual usage.
 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>   94
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     Minimum payments under these service commitments are as follows at December
31, 1998 (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEARS ENDING
                        DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $  693
2000........................................................   1,383
2001........................................................   1,054
2002........................................................     240
                                                              ------
                                                              $3,370
                                                              ======
</TABLE>

 
9. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
 
     In January 1999, the Articles of Incorporation were amended to provide for
the authorization of additional common and preferred stock (the "Amendment")
and, accordingly, the disclosures in the financial statements and related notes
have been adjusted to reflect the Amendment for all periods presented.
 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     At December 31, 1998, after giving effect to the Amendment, preferred stock
consists of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ISSUED                   ADDITIONAL     COMMON STOCK
           SHARES         AND                      PAID-IN      RESERVED FOR   LIQUIDATION
SERIES   DESIGNATED   OUTSTANDING   PAR VALUE   CAPITAL (NET)    CONVERSION    PREFERENCE
------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -------------   ------------   -----------
<S>      <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
  A         6,667        6,667         $ 7         $  993           6,667        $  680
  B        13,773       12,978          13          7,706          12,978         7,786
  C        29,630           --          --             --              --            --
           ------       ------         ---         ------          ------        ------
           50,070       19,645         $20         $8,699          19,645        $8,466
           ======       ======         ===         ======          ======        ======
</TABLE>

 
     Preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, each with such
designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions
as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine at the time of issuance.
During 1997, the Board of Directors authorized 30,000,000 shares of preferred
stock. As a result of the Amendment in January 1999, the number of shares
authorized for preferred stock was increased to 50,069,615 shares.
 
     Each share of Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock is
convertible on a one-for-one basis to common stock at the option of the holder,
subject to adjustment in certain instances or automatically upon registration of
the Company's common stock pursuant to a public offering under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (an "Offering"). The Series A and Series B preferred
stock would be converted upon an Offering at a price of not less than $1.20 per
share with aggregate proceeds of not less than $7,000,000. The Series C
preferred stock would be converted upon an Offering at a price of not less than
$3.00 per share with aggregate proceeds of not less than $20,000,000. Automatic
conversion of Series A and Series B preferred stock would also occur on such
date as fewer than 1,333,333 and 2,185,609 shares remained outstanding,
respectively. Additionally, automatic conversion of Series A preferred stock
would occur upon written agreement of the holders
 
                                      F-18

<PAGE>   95
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
of a majority of Series A preferred stock, or, in the case of Series B and
Series C preferred stock, upon written agreement of the holders of 66 2/3% of
such shares.
 
     The holder of each share of preferred stock has the right to one vote for
each share of common stock into which such preferred stock can be converted.
Preferred shareholders have the same voting rights and powers as common
shareholders. Holders of the Company's preferred stock and warrants also have
certain registration rights.
 
     Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends in preference
to any dividends paid to holders of common stock. Dividends are based on a rate
equal to 8% per share per annum of the original issue price, or $.102, $.60 and
$1.08 per share for Series A, Series B, and Series C preferred stock,
respectively. No dividends shall be paid to common or Series A preferred
shareholders unless all dividends payable to Series B and Series C preferred
shareholders have been paid or set apart on a pro rata basis. Dividends are not
cumulative and are payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors.
 
     In the event of a liquidation of the Company, the holders of Series B and
Series C preferred stock will receive a liquidation preference of up to $.60 and
$1.08 per share, respectively, over the holders of common or Series A preferred
stock, adjusted for any combinations, consolidations, stock distributions, or
declared but unpaid dividends. Upon satisfaction of the Series B and Series C
preferred stock liquidation preference, distributions will be made to Series A
preferred shareholders in an amount equal to $.102 per share, adjusted for any
combinations, consolidations, stock distributions, or declared but unpaid
dividends. Upon completion of preference distributions to Series A, Series B and
Series C preferred shareholders, any remaining amounts will be distributed among
the holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C preferred stock and common
shareholders on a pro rata basis.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As a result of the Amendment, the number of shares of common stock
authorized was increased to 100,000,000 from 70,000,000.
 
CLASS A AND B UNITS
 
     During 1996, conducting business as an LLC, the Company issued 2,000,000
Class A units to its founding members upon incorporation and subsequently sold
4,000,000 Class B units. All units were exchanged for preferred and common stock
during 1997 as part of the re-incorporation.
 
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
 
     During 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 785,759 shares
of Series B preferred stock at $.60 per share in conjunction with its bridge
financing. During 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 125,001
shares of Series B preferred stock at $.60 per share in connection with various
lease financings. The warrants to purchase Series B preferred stock
automatically convert to warrants to purchase common stock upon the automatic
conversion of the Series B preferred stock into common stock. During 1998, a
warrant holder exercised warrants to purchase 116,666 shares of Series B
preferred stock, resulting in proceeds to the Company of $70,000.
 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>   96
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Series B preferred stock at December
31, 1998 are as follows (shares in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR OF     EXERCISE
EXPIRATION    PRICE     SHARES
----------   --------   ------
<S>          <C>        <C>
   2002        $.60      669
   2008        $.60      125
                         ---
                         794
                         ===
</TABLE>

 
     During January of 1999, two warrant holders exercised warrants to purchase
a total of 193,958 shares of Series B preferred stock, resulting in proceeds to
the Company of $116,375.
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLAN:
 
     In March 1998, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 1998 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "1998 Plan"), which provides for the issuance of
incentive stock options ("ISOs") and non-qualified options to eligible
individuals responsible for the management, growth and financial success of the
Company. The Company has applied the accounting principles discussed below to
stock option commitments made by the Company. Shares of common stock reserved
for the 1998 Plan in March 1998 totaled 4,035,000 and were increased to
5,035,000 in January 1999.
 
     ISOs may be issued only to employees of the Company and have a maximum term
of 10 years from the date of grant. The exercise price for ISOs may not be less
than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the common stock at the time of
the grant. In the case of options granted to holders of more than 10% of the
voting power of the Company, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the
estimated fair market value of the common stock at the time of grant, and the
term of the option may not exceed five years. Options become exercisable in
whole or in part from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors,
which will administer the Plan. Both ISOs and non-qualified options generally
vest over four years.
 
     The Company has elected to account for stock-based compensation using the
intrinsic value method prescribed in APB 25. Accordingly, compensation cost for
stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the
Company's stock at the date of grant over the exercise price to be paid to
acquire the stock.
 
     Option activity for 1998 is as follows (there was no activity in 1997 and
for the period from inception (May 1, 1996) to December 31, 1996) (shares in
thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                                  AVERAGE
                                                      SHARES   EXERCISE PRICE
                                                      ------   --------------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>
Granted.............................................  3,412         $.10
Exercised...........................................     --           --
Canceled............................................     --           --
                                                      -----
Balance, December 31, 1998..........................  3,412         $.10
                                                      =====
</TABLE>

 
     Options granted during 1998 include 400,000 non-qualified options granted
to members of the Board of Directors ("Directors' Options") which are
immediately exercisable, and upon exercise, are
 
                                      F-20

<PAGE>   97
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
subject to the terms of restricted stock purchase agreements. The Directors'
Options, or if exercised, the related restricted stock, vest over a period of
four years from the vesting commencement date, as determined by the Board of
Directors.
 
     The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at
December 31, 1998 (shares in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          OPTIONS EXERCISABLE (EXCLUDING
                OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                        OPTIONS WHICH SHARES WOULD BE
----------------------------------------------------      SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S RIGHT
                                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE              OF REPURCHASE)
                      NUMBER           REMAINING          -------------------------------
                        OF          CONTRACTUAL LIFE       NUMBER        WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICES       SHARES           (IN YEARS)         OF SHARES       EXERCISE PRICE
---------------      ---------      ----------------      ---------      ----------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>                   <C>            <C>
         $.06          1,916              9.49               184               $.06
         $.15          1,496              9.85                --                 --
                       -----                                 ---
  $.06 - $.15          3,412              9.65               184               $.06
                       =====                                 ===
</TABLE>

 
     The Company has adopted the disclosure only provisions of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"), "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." Pro forma information regarding the net loss is required by SFAS
No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its
employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value of options
granted in 1998 was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value
method allowed for non-public companies assuming no expected dividends and the
following weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 6.00%;
volatility of 0%; and an expected life of 6 years.
 
     For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods. If the
Company had accounted for compensation expense related to stock options under
the fair value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the net loss and the basic and
diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 1998 would have been
approximately $6,985,000 and $2.09, respectively.
 
     During 1998, options to purchase 3,411,749 shares of the Company's common
stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $.10 per share and a
weighted-average option fair value of $.23 per share, were granted with an
exercise price below the estimated market value at the date of grant.
 
DEFERRED STOCK COMPENSATION
 
     During 1998, the Company issued stock options to certain employees under
the 1998 Plan with exercise prices below the deemed fair value of the Company's
common stock at the date of grant. In accordance with the requirements of APB
25, the Company has recorded deferred stock compensation for the difference
between the exercise price of the stock options and the deemed fair value of the
Company's common stock at the date of grant. This deferred stock compensation is
amortized to expense over the period during which the options or common stock
subject to repurchase vest, generally four years, using an accelerated method as
described in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company has recorded deferred stock compensation related
to these options in the total amount of $697,830, of which $204,599 has been
amortized to expense during 1998. The weighted average exercise price of
 
                                      F-21

<PAGE>   98
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
the 3,411,749 options to purchase common stock was $.10 and the weighted average
fair value per share was $.31 during 1998.
 
11. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1998:
 
BRIDGE NOTES PAYABLE
 
     In January 1999, the Company borrowed $1,100,000 from two existing
shareholders as a bridge loan until the completion of the Series C financing.
Interest on these notes was at prime plus 2% and was repaid in full, plus
accrued interest, during February of 1999.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     In February 1999, the Company sold 29,629,630 shares of Series C preferred
stock at a price of $1.08 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of
approximately $32,000,000, prior to deducting issuance costs.
 
DEBT COVENANTS
 
     The bank line of credit agreement requires that the Company provide audited
financial statements prior to March 31 of each year. The December 31, 1998
financial statements were issued subsequent to March 31, 1999 and, accordingly,
resulted in a violation of this covenant. The Company has obtained a waiver for
this violation from the bank.
 
12. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED):
 
FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Line of Credit: During July 1999, the Company amended its existing line of
credit and established a new line of credit (the "New Line") with the same
financial institution. The New Line allows the Company to borrow up to
$3,000,000, as limited by certain borrowing base requirements which include
maintaining certain levels of monthly revenues and customer turnover ratios. The
New Line requires monthly payments of interest only at prime plus 1% and matures
on June 30, 2000. Events of default for the New Line include failure to maintain
certain financial covenants or a material adverse change in the financial
position of the Company. A material adverse change is defined as a material
impairment in the perfection or priority of the bank's collateral or a material
impairment of the prospect of repayment of the New Line. The Company borrowed an
additional $900,000 on the New Line during July 1999.
 
     Equipment Financing: During August 1999, the Company entered into an
equipment financing arrangement with a finance company which allows borrowings
of up to $5,000,000 for the purchase of property and equipment. The equipment
financing arrangement includes sublimits of $3,500,000 for equipment costs and
$1,500,000 for the acquisition of software and other P-NAP and facility costs.
Loans under the $3,500,000 sublimit require monthly principal and interest
payments over a term of 48 months. This facility bears interest at 7.47% plus an
index rate based on the yield of 4-year U.S. Treasury Notes (13.11% at August
31, 1999). Loans under the $1,500,000 sublimit require monthly principal and
interest payments over a term of 36 months. This facility bears interest at
7.45% plus an index rate based on the yield of 4-year U.S. Treasury Notes
(13.09% at August 31, 1999).
 
                                      F-22

<PAGE>   99
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Borrowings under each sublimit must be made prior to May 1, 2000. During August
1999, the Company borrowed approximately $1,900,000 pursuant to this
arrangement. Amounts borrowed are collateralized by the property and equipment
purchased and require monthly payments of principle and interest.
 
   
     Standby Credit Facility. On September 23, 1999, the Company signed a
standby loan facility agreement with 7 shareholders, including a director of the
Company who will also act as the administrative agent for the facility. This
facility will allow the Company to draw up to $10,000,000 prior to December 31,
1999 and will bear interest at prime plus 2% with principal and interest due on
the earlier of six months from the first draw or a public or private sale of
stock. Additionally, the Company has issued warrants to purchase 100,000 shares
of common stock with an exercise price equal to the Company's initial public
offering share price or a price determined in a private sale of stock. Further,
at the Company's option, the facility can be extended for an additional six
month term in consideration for the issuance of warrants to purchase an
additional 100,000 shares of common stock.
    
 
     Sale of Equity. On September 17, 1999, the Company entered into an
agreement with Inktomi Corporation ("Inktomi") to sell $20,000,000 of common
stock in a private placement that will close at the same time or immediately
after the closing of the Company's initial public offering. Inktomi will pay the
same price per share paid by the public in the initial public offering, less an
amount equivalent to the underwriting discounts and commissions per share. The
Company will also issue Inktomi a warrant to purchase additional shares of
common stock. The number of shares underlying the warrant will be equal to 50%
of the number of shares Inktomi purchases in the private placement, and the
exercise price per share will be 150% of the price Inktomi pays in the private
placement. The warrant will have a 2 year term and include demand and piggyback
registration rights. The agreement also prohibits Inktomi from acquiring
additional shares of the Company's common stock for a period of 2 years. The
Company will pay a placement fee of $1,000,000 upon closing of the private
placement. In addition, the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to
complete a technical and marketing agreement with Inktomi by November 19, 1999.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
   
     During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company granted an
additional 1,468,500 options under the 1998 Plan. During June 1999, the
Company's Board of Directors adopted the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the "1999
Plan") which provides for the issuance of ISOs and nonqualified stock options to
eligible individuals responsible for the management, growth and financial
success of the Company. As of June 30, 1999, 6,500,000 shares of common stock
are reserved for the 1999 Plan, of which 2,004,000 options were outstanding. The
terms of the 1999 Plan are the same as the 1998 Plan with respect to ISO
treatment and vesting. During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company
granted 3,482,500 options with exercise prices below the deemed fair value of
the Company's common stock and recorded approximately $15,406,000 of deferred
stock compensation related to such options, and amortized approximately
$1,787,000 to expense. The weighted average exercise price per share of the
3,482,500 options to purchase common stock was $2.72 and the weighted average
fair value per share was $7.14 during 1999. Subsequent to June 30, 1999, the
Company granted 1,118,000 options to purchase shares of common stock to certain
employees with exercise prices below the deemed fair value of the Company's
common stock and will record approximately $6,433,000 of deferred compensation
related to such options.
    
 
                                      F-23

<PAGE>   100
                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     During July 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Non-Employee Directors'
Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan"). The Director Plan provides for the
grant of non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors. A total of
500,000 shares of the Company's common stock have been reserved for issuance
under the Director Plan. Initial grants, which are fully vested as of the date
of the grant, of 40,000 shares of the Company's common stock are to be made
under the Director Plan to all non-employee directors upon the closing of an
initial public offering and, thereafter, to each eligible non-employee director
on the date such person is first elected or appointed as a non-employee
director. On the day after each of the Company's annual shareholder meetings,
starting with the annual meeting in 2000, each non-employee director will
automatically be granted a fully vested and exercisable option for 10,000
shares, provided such person has been a non-employee director of the Company for
at least the prior six months. The options are exercisable as long as the
non-employee director continues to serve as a director, employee or consultant
of the Company or any of its affiliates.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     During July 1999, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"ESPP"). The ESPP allows all full-time employees to participate by purchasing
the Company's common stock using a uniform percentage of compensation at a
discount allowed under guidelines issued by the Internal Revenue Service. A
total of 1,500,000 shares of the Company's common stock has been reserved for
issuance under the ESPP. Each year, the number of shares reserved for issuance
under the purchase plan will automatically be increased by 2% of the total
number of shares of common stock then outstanding or, if less, by 1,500,000
shares.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     During July 1999, the Board of Directors increased the number of authorized
shares of common stock to 300,000,000 shares.
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     As of June 30, 1999, the Company entered into various operating lease
agreements which increased the total payments that will be paid on
non-cancelable leases over the next five years by approximately $5,205,000 to
approximately $9,300,000.
 
                                      F-24

<PAGE>   101
 
                                [INTERNAP LOGO]

<PAGE>   102
 

 
                                   PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC registration fee........................................  $   52,847
NASD filing fee.............................................      19,510
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................      95,000
Printing and engraving costs................................     200,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     425,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................     250,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses..................................       5,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees...........................      10,000
Miscellaneous expenses......................................      42,643
                                                              ----------
          Total.............................................  $1,100,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

    
 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Sections 23B.08.500 through 23.B.08.600 of the Washington Business
Corporation Act (the "WBCA") authorize a court to award, or a corporation's
board of directors to grant, indemnification to directors and officers on terms
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). The directors and officers of InterNAP also may be
indemnified against liability they may incur for serving in that capacity
pursuant to a liability insurance policy maintained by InterNAP for such
purpose.
 
     Section 23B.08.320 of the WBCA authorizes a corporation to limit a
director's liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages
for acts or omissions as a director, except in certain circumstances involving
intentional misconduct, knowing violations of law or illegal corporate loans or
distributions, or any transaction from which the director personally receives a
benefit in money, property or services to which the director is not legally
entitled. Section 5 of InterNAP's Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation, as amended by Articles of Amendment (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) contains
provisions implementing, to the fullest extent permitted by Washington law, such
limitations on a director's liability to InterNAP and its shareholders.
 
     InterNAP has entered into certain indemnification agreements with its
directors and certain of its officers, the form of which is attached as Exhibit
10.1 to this Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference. The
indemnification agreements provide InterNAP's directors and certain of its
officers with indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the WBCA.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 1.1 to the
Registration Statement, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of
InterNAP and its executive officers and directors and by InterNAP of the
Underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the
Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided in writing by
the Underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.
 
                                      II-1

<PAGE>   103
 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     During the past three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a
limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions
involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public
offering, and we believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation
D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and
contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of
securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire
the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in
connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed
to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All
recipients had adequate access to information about us, through their
relationships with us.
 
     Since May 1, 1996 we have issued and sold the following securities:
 
     Pursuant to a Limited Liability Company Agreement of InterNAP Network
Services, L.L.C., dated October 11, 1996, we sold 1,787,180 Class A Units in
InterNAP Network Services, L.L.C. to certain investors, including our officers
Paul E. McBride, Christopher D. Wheeler and Anthony C. Naughtin, for an
aggregate consideration of $1,787. InterNAP Network Services, L.L.C. was
dissolved on October 27, 1997. InterNAP was incorporated in the State of
Washington in October 1997. These Class A Units were exchanged for shares of
common stock at an exchange ratio of 1 to 1.667.
 
     In May 1996, we issued 2,000,000 Class B Units in InterNAP Network
Services, L.L.C. to Robert J. Lunday, Jr., in consideration for arranging a
guarantee of certain of our leasehold obligations and an unconditional promise
to contribute $500,000 to our capital on or before October 15, 1996.
Additionally, Lunday Communications loaned us $475,000 in 1996 and we repaid the
principal and interest during 1996. Robert J. Lunday, Jr., one of our directors,
is president of Lunday Communications, Inc. Further, in May 1996, Mr. Lunday
purchased an additional 2,000,000 Class B Units for $500,000. These Class B
Units were exchanged for shares of Series A preferred stock at an exchange ratio
of 1 to 1:667.
 
     On October 29, 1997, December 29, 1997 and February 4, 1998, we sold an
aggregate of 12,862,558 shares of Series B preferred stock to 36 investors,
including H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P., TI Ventures, LP and Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated, three of our principal shareholders, at an aggregate purchase
price of $7,717,534 or $.60 per share. The investor group included Robert D.
Shurtleff, Jr., one of our directors, who converted a promissory note dated
February 13, 1997 in the amount of $125,000 plus accrued interest for 221,638
shares of Series B preferred stock.
 
     On January 28, 1999 and February 26, 1999, we sold an aggregate of
29,629,630 shares of Series C preferred stock to 44 investors, including Robert
D. Shurtleff, Jr., one of our directors, and H&Q InterNAP Investors, L.P.,
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Venture Partners, Oak Investment Partners VIII, L.P.,
TI Ventures, LP and Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, five of our principal
shareholders, at an aggregate purchase price of $32,000,000 or $1.08 per share.
 
     From May 1, 1996 to December 1998, we issued warrants to 12 private
investors to purchase an aggregate of 794,092 shares of Series B preferred stock
at a weighted average exercise price of $.60.
 
     In May and September 1998, we issued warrants to First Portland Corporation
and Phoenix Leasing Incorporated, to purchase an aggregate of 116,668 shares of
Series B preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $.60.
 
     From July 22, 1998, date of the first issuance of options under our 1998
Stock Option Plan, through August 31, 1999, we granted stock options to purchase
an aggregate of 4,880,249 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging
from $.06 to $.80 per share, to employees and directors pursuant to our 1998
Stock Option Plan. Of these options, options for an aggregate of 810,255 shares
 
                                      II-2

<PAGE>   104
 
have been exercised, options for an aggregate of 347,879 shares are exercisable,
options for an aggregate of 80,445 shares have been cancelled and options for an
aggregate of 3,979,029 shares remain outstanding. Pursuant to our 1999 Equity
Incentive Plan, as of August 31, 1999 we have granted stock options to purchase
2,884,000 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $4.00 to
$8.00 per share to employees, consultants and directors of which 15,000 have
been cancelled and options for an aggregate of 2,869,000 remain outstanding.
 
     On September 17, 1999, we entered into an agreement with Inktomi
Corporation to sell $20,000,000 of common stock in a private placement that will
close at the same time or immediately after the closing of our initial public
offering. Inktomi will pay the same price per share paid by the public in the
initial public offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions per share.
We will also issue Inktomi a warrant to purchase additional shares of common
stock. The number of shares underlying the warrant will be equal to 50% of the
number of shares Inktomi purchases in the private placement, and the exercise
price per share will be 150% of the price Inktomi pays in the private placement.
 
   
     On September 23, 1999, we issued warrants to seven shareholders, including
a director of the Company, to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common
stock with an exercise price equal to the Company's initial public offering
share price or a price determined in a private sale of stock.
    
 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) EXHIBITS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
 1.1+     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1+     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of InterNAP,
          as amended.
 3.2+     Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to be
          filed upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this
          Registration Statement.
 3.3+     Bylaws of InterNAP, as currently in effect.
 3.4+     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of InterNAP to be filed
          upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this
          Registration Statement.
 4.1+     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
 5.1+     Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
10.1+     Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
          each of its directors and certain of its officers.
10.2+     1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.
10.3+     Form of 1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Agreement.
10.4+     1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5+     1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
10.6+     Form of 1998 Stock Option Agreement.
10.7+     1999 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8+     Form of 1999 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
10.9+     Lease Agreement, dated June 11, 1998, between Registrant and
          Union Square Limited Partnership, as amended.
10.10+    Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 1996, between Registrant and
          Sixth & Virginia Properties.
10.11+    Form of Employee Confidentiality, Nonraiding and
          Noncompetition Agreement used between Registrant and its
          Executive Officers.
10.12+    Form of Stock Purchase Warrant.
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>   105
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
10.13+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 15, 1998,
          between Registrant and Bob Kingsbook.
10.14+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 1, 1998,
          between Registrant and Phoenix Leasing Incorporated.
10.15+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated May 5, 1998, between
          Registrant and First Portland Corporation.
10.16+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 24, 1998,
          between Registrant and Robert Shurtleff, Jr.
10.17+    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
          January 28, 1999.
10.18+    Shareholders Agreement, dated October 1, 1997.
10.19+    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June
          30, 1999, between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.20+    Master Agreement To Lease Equipment, dated January 20, 1998
          between Registrant and Cisco Systems Capital Corporation.
10.21+    Employment Agreement, dated April 10, 1996, between
          Registrant and Christopher D. Wheeler.
10.22+    Employment Agreement, dated May 16, 1996, between Registrant
          and Anthony C. Naughtin.
10.23+    Employee Confidentiality, Nonraiding and Noncompetition
          Agreement, dated May 16, 1996 between Registrant and Paul E.
          McBride.
10.24+    Employment Agreement, dated March 18, 1998, between
          Registrant and Michael Ortega.
10.25+    Standby Loan Facility Commitment Letter, dated August 31,
          1999, between Registrant and David Cornfield, Dan Newell,
          Richard Saada, Paul Canniff, Robert Lunday, Todd Warren,
          Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr. and S.L. Partners, Inc.
10.26+    Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 23, 1999
          between Registrant and Finova Capital Corporation.
10.27+    Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated September
          17, 1999, between Registrant and Inktomi Corporation.
10.28     Credit Agreement, dated September 23, 1999, among
          Registrant, S.L. Partners, Inc. and other parties (including
          Warrant and Convertible Promissory Note).
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants.
23.2+     Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1+     Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).
27.1+     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

    
 
-------------------------
   
+ Previously filed.
    
 
(b) SCHEDULES
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE
 NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
--------                           -----------
<C>        <S>
  1.1+     Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement
           Schedule.
  1.2+     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves Schedule.
</TABLE>

    
 
-------------------------
   
+ Previously filed.
    
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>   106
 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     We hereby undertake to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified
in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered
in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification by us for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling
persons pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration
statement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by our director, officer, or
controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with
the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     We hereby undertake that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of
     this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of Prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
     under the Securities Act will be deemed to be part of this registration
     statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>   107
 

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
InterNAP has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereinto duly authorized, in the
City of Seattle, State of Washington, on the 27th day of September, 1999.
    
 
                                          INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES
                                          CORPORATION
 
                                          By:                  *
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     Anthony C. Naughtin
                                                 Chief Executive Officer and
                                                          President
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 3 Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                   DATE
                      ---------                                  -----                   ----
<S>                                                    <C>                        <C>
                          *                             Chief Executive Officer   September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------  and President (Principal
                 Anthony C. Naughtin                      Executive Officer)
 
                 /s/ PAUL E. MCBRIDE                   Vice President and Chief   September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------      Financial Officer
                   Paul E. McBride                      (Principal Finance and
                                                          Accounting Officer)
 
                          *                              Chairman of the Board    September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
                  Eugene Eidenberg
 
                          *                                    Director           September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
                 William J. Harding
 
                          *                                    Director           September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
                 Frederic W. Harman
 
                          *                                    Director           September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
                Robert J. Lunday, Jr.
 
                          *                                    Director           September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
                    Kevin L. Ober
</TABLE>

    
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>   108
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                   DATE
                      ---------                                  -----                   ----
<S>                                                    <C>                        <C>
                          *                                    Director           September 27, 1999
-----------------------------------------------------
              Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr.
 
               By: /s/ PAUL E. MCBRIDE
  -------------------------------------------------
                   Paul E. McBride
                 (Attorney-in-Fact)
</TABLE>

    
 
                                      II-7

<PAGE>   109

                      Report of Independent Accountants on
                         Financial Statement Schedule


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
InterNAP Network Services Corporation

Our audits of the financial statements referred to in our report dated
April 2, 1999 appearing in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included
an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16 of this
Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related financial statements.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Seattle, Washington
April 2, 1999



                                      S-1


<PAGE>   110

Valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Balance at      Charges to    Charges to                    Balance at
                                         beginning of      costs &         other                         end of
Description                              fiscal period     expenses      accounts     Deductions     fiscal period
------------------------------------     -------------    ----------    ----------    ----------     -------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1997
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                       $      27                                    $       27
     Tax valuation allowance                                              $    114                             114

Year Ended December 31, 1998
     Allowance for doubtful accounts        $       27           140                     $   102                65
     Tax valuation allowance                       114                       2,532                           2,646

</TABLE>


<PAGE>   111
 

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
<S>       <C>
 1.1+     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1+     Articles of Incorporation of InterNAP, as amended.
 3.2+     Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to be
          filed upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this
          Registration Statement.
 3.3+     Bylaws of InterNAP, as currently in effect.
 3.4+     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of InterNAP to be filed
          upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this
          Registration Statement.
 4.1+     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
 5.1+     Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
10.1+     Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
          each of its directors and certain of its officers.
10.2+     1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.
10.3+     Form of 1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Agreement.
10.4+     1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5+     1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
10.6+     Form of 1998 Stock Option Agreement.
10.7+     1999 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8+     Form of 1999 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
10.9+     Lease Agreement, dated June 11, 1998, between Registrant and
          Union Square Limited Partnership, as amended.
10.10+    Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 1996, between Registrant and
          Sixth & Virginia Properties.
10.11+    Form of Employee Confidentiality, Nonraiding and
          Noncompetition Agreement used between Registrant and its
          Executive Officers.
10.12+    Form of Stock Purchase Warrant.
10.13+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 15, 1998,
          between Registrant and Bob Kingsbook.
10.14+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated September 1, 1998,
          between Registrant and Phoenix Leasing Incorporated.
10.15+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated May 5, 1998, between
          Registrant and First Portland Corporation.
10.16+    Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated December 24, 1998,
          between Registrant and Robert Shurtleff, Jr.
10.17+    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
          January 28, 1999.
10.18+    Shareholder Agreement, dated October 1, 1997.
10.19+    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June
          30, 1999, between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.20+    Master Agreement To Lease Equipment, dated January 20, 1998
          between Registrant and Cisco Systems Capital Corporation.
10.21+    Employment Agreement, dated April 10, 1996, between
          Registrant and Christopher D. Wheeler.
10.22+    Employment Agreement, dated May 16, 1996, between Registrant
          and Anthony C. Naughtin.
10.23+    Employee Confidentiality, Nonraiding and Noncompetition
          Agreement, dated May 16, 1996 between Registrant and Paul E.
          McBride.
10.24+    Employment Agreement, dated March 18, 1998, between
          Registrant and Michael Ortega.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   112
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
<S>       <C>
10.25+    Standby Loan Facility Commitment Letter, dated August 31,
          1999, between Registrant and David Cornfield, Dan Newell,
          Richard Saada, Paul Canniff, Robert Lunday, Todd Warren,
          Robert D. Shurtleff, Jr. and S.L. Partners, Inc.
10.26+    Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 23, 1999
          between Registrant and Finova Capital Corporation.
10.27+    Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated September
          17, 1999, between Registrant and Inktomi Corporation.
10.28     Credit Agreement, dated September 23, 1999, among
          Registrant, S.L. Partners, Inc. and other parties (including
          Warrant and Convertible Promissory Note).
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants.
23.2+     Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1+     Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).
27.1+     Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

    
 
-------------------------
+ Previously filed.





<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.28


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

        THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of September 23, 1999, among INTERNAP
NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION ("Borrower"), whose address is Two Union, 601 Union
Street, Suite 1000, Seattle, Washington 98101-4064, and whose facsimile number
is (206) 264- 1832, DAVID CORNFIELD, DAN NEWELL, RICHARD SAADA, PAUL CANNIFF,
ROBERT J. LUNDAY, JR., TODD WARREN AND ROBERT D. SHURTLEFF, JR. (collectively,
"Lenders"; individually, a "Lender") and S. L. PARTNERS, INC., as agent for the
Lenders ("Agent"), whose address is: 422 34th Avenue South, Seattle, Washington
98144, and whose facsimile number is (206) 709-1485.

                                    RECITALS

        WHEREAS, Lenders have agreed to make available to Borrower a credit
facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

        NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained herein the parties agree as follows:

1.      TERMS AND DUTY TO ACT REASONABLY

        The terms "including" and "includes" always mean "including (or
includes) without limitation," in this or any Loan Document. This Agreement
shall be construed to impart upon Lenders and Agent a duty to act reasonably at
all times.

2.      LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

        2.1     LOANS.

        Borrower will pay to Agent on account of Lenders the
 unpaid principal
amount of all Loans and interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans
when due.

                2.1.1   MAKING OF LOANS.

                        (a)     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, from the date hereof through December 31, 1999, each Lender
agrees to make loans (the "Loans") to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount
up to the amount of such Lender's Commitment. Within each Lender's Commitment,
such Lender will fund his Pro Rata Share of each funding request, as described
in Section 2.1.1(c) below. No Lender shall be obligated to fund more than his
Pro Rata Share of any funding request or to make Loans in an aggregate principal
amount in excess of his Commitment.

                        (b)     Borrower may draw or make multiple draws at any
time before December 31, 1999, upon ten (10) Business Days' written notice to
the Agent in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by a Responsible Officer. Each
funding request shall specify the amount to be borrowed (which shall not be less
than $1,000,000; provided, however, that if the then available funding under the
Committed Line is less than $1,000,000, then the funding request may be for such
lesser amount) and the date of the requested funding (which shall be no earlier


                                       1.

<PAGE>   2
than the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date on which such notice is
received by the Agent).

                        (c)     Each Lender will severally fund his Pro Rata
Share of each funding request made by Borrower by depositing, no later than five
(5) Business Days prior to the proposed funding date, his Pro Rata Share in
immediately available funds into an account maintained by the Agent. Upon
satisfaction of all conditions to funding set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as
applicable, the Agent will make available to the Borrower the amount of the draw
no later than the close of business on the funding date.

                        (d)     In the event any Lender (a "Defaulting Lender")
fails to fund his Pro Rata Share of a borrowing (the "Unfunded Amount") five (5)
Business Days prior to the funding date, the Agent shall on the next Business
Day notify by telephone each other Lender (a "Non-Defaulting Lender") of such
failure and offer such Non-Defaulting Lenders the opportunity to fund the
Unfunded Amount, pro rata based on the ratio of the outstanding principal amount
of each such Non-Defaulting Lender's Loans to the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of all Loans made by Non-Defaulting Lenders (or, if no Loans
are at the time outstanding the ratio of each Non-Defaulting Lender's Commitment
to the Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders). If, by the close of business
on the second (2nd) Business Day following such telephonic notice, less than all
of the Non-Defaulting Lenders notify the Agent that they desire to fund pro rata
the Unfunded Amount, the Agent shall offer to any one or more Non-Defaulting
Lenders the opportunity to fund on the funding date all or a portion of the
Unfunded Amount.

                        (e)     The principal amount of the Loans, and all other
Obligations, if not prepaid in advance, are payable on the Maturity Date,
together with accrued interest thereon.

                        (f)     Each Lender's Loans shall be evidenced by a
convertible promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, dated
the date hereof and in the principal amount of such Lender's Commitment.

                        (g)     The Loans shall be used for ordinary working
capital requirements of Borrower.

        2.2     OVERADVANCES.

        If Borrower's Obligations under Section 2.1.1 exceed the Committed Line,
Borrower must pay Agent the excess within five (5) Business Days after written
notice thereof, together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid.

        2.3    INTEREST RATE, PAYMENTS.

                        (a)     Interest Rate. Each Loan will accrue interest on
the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate of two percent (2%) above
the Prime Rate in effect on the date such Loan was made, provided, however, that
if Borrower fails to pay all Obligations upon the Maturity Date, each Loan will
accrue interest thereafter on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum
rate of seven percent (7%) above the Prime Rate in effect on the date such Loan
was made. Interest is computed on a 360-day year for the actual number of days
elapsed.


                                       2.

<PAGE>   3
                        (b)     Payments. Interest due on the outstanding
principal of each Loan is payable on the Maturity Date or on any date on which
all or any portion thereof is prepaid.

                        (c)     Interest Rate Limitation. Anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Borrower to any Lender
hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not
be required for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the
extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment
by such Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such
Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted
for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such event the Borrower shall
pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

        2.4     FEES.

        Borrower will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Agent
(including reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel to Agent and Lenders)
incurred in connection with preparation of the Loan Documents. Borrower will
reimburse Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent in
connection with the administration of the Loans and the Committed Line or the
enforcement, on behalf of the Lenders, of the Lenders' rights thereunder
(including reasonable legal fees). No commitment fee will be payable by
Borrower.

        2.5     PREPAYMENT.

                        (a)     Optional Prepayment. Borrower may prepay all or
part of the Obligations at any time without penalty or premium, together with
accrued interest thereon. Amounts prepaid may not be reborrowed.

                        (b)     Mandatory Prepayment.

                                (i)     The entire principal amount of all Loans
outstanding, together with all accrued interest thereon and any other
Obligations owing hereunder, shall be subject to mandatory prepayment by
Borrower within five (5) Business Days after (1) the closing of the Borrower's
initial public offering, (2) the closing of any Private Equity Financing that,
together with the gross proceeds of any previous Private Equity Financing,
results in cumulative gross proceeds to Borrower of $20,000,000 or more or (3)
the occurrence of a Change of Control.

                                (ii)    The principal amount of the Loans
outstanding, together with all accrued interest on the amount so prepaid, shall
be subject to mandatory prepayment by Borrower, in part, within five (5)
Business Days after the closing of any Private Equity Financing (other than any
Private Equity Financing described in clause (2) of Section 2.5(b)(i), in which
case Section 2.5(b)(i) shall apply) in an amount equal to 25% of the gross
proceeds of such Private Equity Financing.

                                (iii)   Amounts prepaid may not be reborrowed.


                                       3.

<PAGE>   4
        2.6     TERMINATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.

        This Agreement, the Committed Line and the Commitments of the Lenders
shall terminate (a) if no Loans are made hereunder, on the first to occur of
December 31, 1999 and the closing of the Borrower's initial public offering or
(b) if Loans are made hereunder, upon irrevocable payment in full of all of the
Obligations.

3.      CONDITIONS OF LOANS

        3.1     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL ADVANCE.

        The funding of the first Loans is subject to fulfillment of the
following conditions to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and the
Lenders:

                        (a)     Borrower, Lenders and Agent have entered into
the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lenders and
Agent;

                        (b)     All representations and warranties in the Loan
Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent
such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which
case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);

                        (c)     No Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing;

                        (d)     All governmental consents required for the
borrowing of the Loans or the performance of Borrower's obligations under the
Loan Documents have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

                        (e)     The consent of Silicon Valley Bank to the
execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and to the payment of all
outstanding Loans, upon completion of any debt or equity funding (excluding
equipment financing transactions), prior to the paydown of Borrower's existing
debt facilities with Silicon Valley Bank has been obtained and is in full force
and effect;

                        (f)     All other consents or approvals of third parties
required for the borrowing of the Loans or the performance of Borrower's
obligations under the Loan Documents have been obtained and are in full force
and effect;

                        (g)     The 1999 Warrants have been executed by Borrower
and delivered to the Agent;

                        (h)     Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent (x) a
certificate executed by Borrower's chief financial officer (1) to the effect
that the borrowing of the Loans and the expenditure of the proceeds thereof for
the purposes described in Section 2.1.1(g), after giving effect to any other
borrowings hereunder, will not result in a breach of any provision of the
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 30, 1999 between
Silicon Valley Bank and Borrower and, in the case of the financial covenants in
Section 6.7 thereof, accompanied by calculations demonstrating Borrower's
continuing compliance therewith or (2) if such borrowing and expenditure would
result in such a breach, describing such breach, and (y) in the case of any
certificate referred to in the foregoing clause (x)(2), a letter from Silicon


                                       4.

<PAGE>   5
Valley Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent waiving
all defaults arising from such breach; and

                        (i)     Borrower shall have delivered such certificates
and other documents as the Agent may reasonably request to confirm or evidence
the foregoing.

        3.2    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL SUBSEQUENT ADVANCES.

        The funding of any subsequent draw request is subject to fulfillment to
the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent of the conditions identified in clauses
(b), (c) and (h) of Section 3.1 above.

4.      ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS.

        4.1    ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS.

                        (a)     Borrower shall issue to Agent, on the Closing
Date, a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of Borrower's stock (subject to the
adjustments, terms and conditions set forth in such Warrant) in substantially
the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (the "1999 Warrants").

                        (b)     If and only if Borrower extends the Maturity
Date for six (6) months from the otherwise applicable date in accordance with
the definition of "Maturity Date" set forth in Section 17 hereof, which decision
shall be at Borrower's sole discretion, and as a condition precedent to such
six-month extension, Borrower shall issue to Agent a warrant to purchase an
additional 100,000 shares of Borrower's stock in substantially the form attached
hereto as EXHIBIT C (the "2000 Warrants"; and together with the 1999 Warrants,
the "Warrants").

                        (c)     The 1999 Warrants will expire on December 31,
2004 and the 2000 Warrants will expire on the fifth anniversary of their date of
issuance.

                        (d)     The Warrants will be initially issued to Agent.
Agent will be entitled to 5% of the Warrants as an agency fee. Promptly
following the earliest of (i) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Section 2.6(a), (ii) December 31, 1999 or (iii) such other date as Agent
reasonably determines, Agent (after deducting Warrants representing the agency
fee) will transfer to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) each
Lender's Pro Rata Share of the remaining 1999 Warrants. If the 2000 Warrants are
issued, Agent (after deducting Warrants representing the agency fee) will
transfer to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) each Lender's Pro
Rata Share of the remaining 2000 Warrants.

                        (e)     Borrower and Lenders agree that (i) neither any
Lender nor any company affiliated with any Lender has rendered any services to
Borrower in connection with this Agreement and (ii) the Warrants are not being
issued as compensation for services rendered.


                                       5.

<PAGE>   6
5.      CONVERSION OPTION.

                        (a)     In the event of a sale of Series D Preferred
Stock, each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) will have the right to
convert up to his Pro Rata Share of $2,000,000 (or the outstanding aggregate
principal balance of the Loans if less than $2,000,000 is outstanding) into
shares of Series D Preferred Stock (such rights are referred to as the
"Conversion Option"). Any Defaulting Lender's Conversion Option shall be
allocated pro rata among the Non-Defaulting Lenders. The Conversion Option of
any Lender who elects not to convert his Pro Rata Share shall be allocated among
the other Lenders pro rata based upon their outstanding Loans or as otherwise
agreed among those Lenders who desire to convert a portion of their Loans into
Series D Preferred Stock. Agent shall notify Borrower of the manner in which the
Conversion Option is to be allocated among the Lenders.

                        (b)     The share price used to determine the conversion
will be the price to be paid by other purchasers of the Series D Preferred
Stock. To the extent that any Lender is an existing shareholder of Borrower, any
Loans converted into Series D Preferred Stock will not impact the rights of
participation such shareholders may currently have as holders of Series B or
Series C Preferred Stock. In other words, Series D Preferred Stock issueable
upon conversion of Loans will be in addition to shares of Series D Preferred
Stock that any Lender may otherwise be entitled to purchase individually in a
Series D Preferred Stock sale.

6.      THE AGENT.

        6.1     APPOINTMENT.

        Agent shall have authority to act on behalf of Lenders and shall act as
the sole contact with Borrower with respect to the administration of the Loans,
including, without limitation, for purposes of receiving payments and notices
under the Loan Documents. No Lender shall contact Borrower with respect to the
administration of the Loans. Each Lender hereby appoints the Agent as the agent
of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such
Lender authorizes the Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on his behalf
under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to
exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the
Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with
such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agent shall not have
any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Agent.

        6.2     EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS.

        Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders, officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any
action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such person under or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except for its or
such person's own fraud or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner
to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties made by Borrower or any representative thereof contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan


                                       6.

<PAGE>   7
Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to
or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in connection with, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness,
genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or for any failure of Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. The Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of Borrower.

        6.3     RELIANCE BY AGENT.

        The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit,
letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document
or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
signed, sent or made by the proper person or persons and upon advice and
statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the
Borrower). The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first
receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders (or such other
requisite Lenders as may be expressly required by any Loan Document) as it deems
appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Majority
Lenders (or such other requisite Lenders as may be expressly required by any
Loan Document), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the
Obligations.

        6.4     NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

        The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Agent has
received notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
"notice of default". In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, the
Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Agent shall take such action
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed
by the Majority Lenders; provided that unless and until the Agent shall have
received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take
such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the
Lenders.

        6.5     NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS.

        Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agent nor any of its
shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates has made any representations or warranties to such Lender and that no
act by the Agent previously or hereafter taken shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by the Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Agent that he has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any
other Lender, and based on such documents and information as he has deemed
appropriate, made his own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
operations, property, financial and other


                                       7.

<PAGE>   8
condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and made his own decision to make
Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that
he will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender,
and based on such documents and information as he shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make his own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
and to make such investigation as he deems necessary to inform himself as to the
business, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents
expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent hereunder, the
Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any
credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property,
condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of Borrower
which may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its shareholders,
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

        6.6     INDEMNIFICATION.

        The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the
extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of
Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Pro Rata Shares in
effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is
sought after the date upon which the Committed Line has terminated and all
outstanding Loans have been repaid, ratably in accordance with such Pro Rata
Shares immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time
(including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the amounts
owing hereunder) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any
way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the
other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or
therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken
or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing;
provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent's fraud or willful
misconduct. The agreements in this Section 6.6 shall survive the payment of the
Obligations.

        6.7     SUCCESSOR AGENT.

        The Agent may resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders and
Borrower. If the Agent shall resign as Agent under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, then the Majority Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a
successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be approved by the
Borrower, whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and
duties of the Agent, and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent
effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent's rights,
powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act
on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any
holders of the Loans. After any retiring Agent's resignation as Agent, the
provisions of this Section 6 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.


                                       8.

<PAGE>   9
        6.8     AGENT'S SHAREHOLDER IN HIS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.

        The Lenders acknowledge that:

                        (a)     The Agent's sole shareholder, Robert D.
Shurtleff, Jr. ("RDS"), is also a shareholder and director of Borrower.

                        (b)     In the event there is a conflict between RDS'
fiduciary duties as a director and Agent's responsibilities hereunder, RDS shall
be entitled to take or omit to take such actions as may be required to fulfill
his fiduciary duties, including, if appropriate, causing Agent to resign
hereunder.

                        (c)     In his capacity as a director of Borrower, RDS
may gain access to information about Borrower that is not otherwise available to
the Lenders and, except as otherwise specifically provided in Sections 6.4 or
6.5, Agent is under no obligation to provide such information to any Lender.

        6.9     AGENCY FEES.

        All earnings on the account maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section
2.1.1(c) shall be for the account of Agent. In addition, as compensation for its
agreement to serve in such capacity, Agent shall be entitled to five percent
(5%) of all Warrants issued to Agent pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of this
Agreement. Agent may transfer any Warrants so received to its sole shareholder,
RDS. Any such Warrants will be in addition to Warrants to which RDS may be
entitled as a Lender.

7.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

        Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

        7.1     DUE ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORIZATION.

        Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing and in good standing in
its state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good
standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of
property requires that it be qualified except where failure to so qualify would
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

        The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate and shareholder action, and do not
conflict with Borrower's formation documents or any agreement with Borrower's
shareholders, nor conflict with or constitute an event of default under any
financing agreement or other material agreement by which Borrower is bound.
Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is bound
in which the default would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse
Change.

        As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries.


                                       9.

<PAGE>   10
        7.2     LITIGATION.

        Except as shown in Schedule 7.2 attached hereto, there are no actions or
proceedings pending or, to Borrower's knowledge, threatened by or against
Borrower or any Subsidiary.

        7.3     SOLVENCY.

        As of the Closing Date, (a) the fair salable value of Borrower's assets
(including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its
liabilities; and (b) Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts)
as they mature.

        7.4     REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.

        Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged
as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under
Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has
complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.
Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which
would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of
Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has been used by Borrower or
any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, by previous Persons, in
disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance
other than legally. Borrower and each Subsidiary have timely filed all required
tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes,
except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves on its books
under generally accepted accounting principles. Borrower and each Subsidiary
have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all
declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government
authorities that are necessary (a) to continue its business as currently
conducted except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to
cause a Material Adverse Change and (b) to the execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents by Borrower.

        7.5     FULL DISCLOSURE.

        No representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any
certificate or written statement given to Agent contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements contained in such certificates or written statements not misleading
in any material respect. It being understood by Lenders that the projections and
forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable
assumptions are not viewed as facts and that the actual results during the
period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the
projected and forecasted results.

        7.6     OFFERING.

        Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Lenders contained in Section 10 hereof, the offer, issue, and sale of the Notes
and Warrants are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
ACT"), and have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration


                                      10.

<PAGE>   11
and qualification) under the registration, permit, or qualification requirements
of all applicable state securities laws.

8.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        Borrower will do all of the following:

        8.1     COMPLIANCE.

        Borrower will maintain its and each Subsidiaries' legal existence and
good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in
each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material
adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations. Borrower will comply, and
have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which
it is subject, noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to (a) have
a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations or (b) cause a
Material Adverse Change.

        8.2     TAXES.

        Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment of
all material federal, state, and local taxes or assessments, unless contested in
good faith with adequate reserves on its books under generally accepted
accounting principles, and will deliver to Agent, on demand, appropriate
certificates attesting to the payment.

        8.3     INSURANCE.

        Borrower will keep its business insured with companies, for risks and in
amounts, as the officers of Borrower, in the exercise of their reasonable
judgment, deem to be adequate. At Agent's request, Borrower will deliver
certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments.

        8.4     FURTHER ASSURANCES.

        Borrower will promptly execute and deliver to Agent any further
instruments and documents and take further action as Agent reasonably requests
to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

        8.5     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES.

                        (a)     Borrower will, within thirty (30) days' of the
end of each fiscal quarter, deliver to Agent (with sufficient copies for each
Lender) (a) unless publicly available the unaudited consolidated balance sheet
and unaudited consolidated statement of income and cash flows of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and (b) a Compliance
Certificate in the form of Exhibit D signed by a Responsible Officer.

                        (b)     Borrower will, within ninety (90) days' of the
end of each fiscal year, deliver to Agent (with sufficient copies for each
Lender) the audited consolidated balance sheet and statement of income and cash
flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such


                                      11.

<PAGE>   12
fiscal year, unless such balance sheet and statement of income and cash flows is
publicly available.

                        (c)     Borrower will, promptly deliver to Agent, such
other information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries as Agent may
reasonably request.

9.      NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        Borrower will not do any of the following:

        9.1     COMPLIANCE.

        Become an "investment company" or a company controlled by an "investment
company," under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its
important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use
the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding
requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as
defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards
Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation would reasonably be
expected to (a) have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or
operations or (b) cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to do so.

        9.2     LIENS; INDEBTEDNESS; INVESTMENTS.

                        (a)     Borrower will not, nor permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create or suffer to exist against any of its assets or
properties any Lien, except Permitted Liens.

                        (b)     Borrower will not, nor permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness.

                        (c)     Borrower will not, nor permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, make any loan or capital contribution to, acquire any security
of, or otherwise make any investment in any person, except for Permitted
Investments.

        9.3     LIMITATION ON ACTIVITIES OF BORROWER AND SUBSIDIARIES.

        Borrower will not, nor permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any
business or activity of any kind other than the lines of business engaged in or
proposed to be engaged in by Borrower as of the Closing Date.

10.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LENDERS.

        10.1    PURCHASE FOR OWN ACCOUNT.

        Each Lender represents that he is acquiring the Notes, the equity
securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Warrants and the equity
securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (collectively, the
"Securities") solely for his own account and beneficial interest for investment
and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Securities or any part
thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution
or otherwise), granting any 


                                      12.

<PAGE>   13
participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, and does not presently
have reason to anticipate a change in such intention.

        10.2    INFORMATION AND SOPHISTICATION.

        Each Lender acknowledges that he has received all the information he has
requested from Borrower and he considers necessary or appropriate for deciding
whether to acquire the Securities. Each Lender represents that he has had an
opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from Borrower regarding the
terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and to obtain any
additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given
the Lender. Each Lender further represents that he has such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating
the merits and risk of this investment.

        10.3    ABILITY TO BEAR ECONOMIC RISK.

        Each Lender acknowledges that investment in the Securities involves a
high degree of risk, and represents that he is able, without materially
impairing his financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite
period of time and to suffer a complete loss of his investment.

        10.4    FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.

        Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, each
Lender further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the
Securities unless and until:

                        (a)     There is then in effect a Registration Statement
under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is
made in accordance with such Registration Statement; or

                        (b)     The Lender shall have notified Borrower of the
proposed disposition and shall have furnished Borrower with a detailed statement
of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably
requested by Borrower, such Lender shall have furnished Borrower with an opinion
of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Borrower, that such disposition will not
require registration under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities laws.

                        (c)     Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a)
and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be
necessary (i) to the extent a disposition is permitted pursuant to the terms of
the Securities without a registration statement or opinion or (ii) for transfers
by gift, will or intestate succession to any spouse or lineal descendants or
ancestors, if all transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms hereof
to the same extent as if they were Lenders hereunder.

        Nothing in this Section 10.4 or any other provision of this Agreement
shall limit or restrict the right of the Agent to transfer the Warrants as
contemplated in Section 4.1(d) or Section 6.9 or the right to reallocate the
Conversion Option as provided in Section 5(a), and no registration statement or
opinion shall be required in connection with any such transfer or reallocation.


                                      13.

<PAGE>   14
        10.5   ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS.

        Each Lender is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Rule
501 under the Securities Act.

        10.6    FURTHER ASSURANCES.

        Each Lender agrees and covenants that he will promptly execute and
deliver to Borrower such further instruments and documents and take such further
action as Borrower may reasonably require in order to carry out the full intent
and purpose of this Agreement.

        10.7    DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Lenders will provide such statements, documents and other information to
Borrower, as Borrower shall reasonably request to establish the liquidity of
Lenders. This information shall be kept confidential by Borrower, provided that
Borrower may disclose such information to Silicon Valley Bank or, with the
consent of Lenders, to any other third parties inquiring about the liquidity of
Borrower, or as otherwise required by law, regulation or governmental order.

11.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        Any one of the following is an Event of Default:

                        (a)     Borrower fails to pay when and as required under
the Loan Documents any amounts owed to Lenders by Borrower under the Loan
Documents;

                        (b)     Any representation or warranty by Borrower made
in any Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or
financial or other statement by Borrower, furnished at any time under the Loan
Documents, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or
deemed made; provided, however, that Borrower shall have 30 days after written
notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent to remedy the circumstances that
caused the representation or warranty to be incorrect;

                        (c)     Borrower fails to perform or observe any
covenant contained in the Loan Documents, and such default shall continue
unremedied for a period of 30 days;

                        (d)     Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding or an
Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed
within 30 days; or

                        (e)     Borrower defaults in the payment of any
Indebtedness owed to Silicon Valley Bank or defaults in the performance of any
other covenant under such Indebtedness and, in either case, Silicon Valley Bank
accelerates the maturity of such Indebtedness.


                                      14.

<PAGE>   15
12.     LENDERS' RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

        12.1    RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

        When an Event of Default occurs and continues the Agent may, with the
written consent of the Majority Lenders, do any or all of the following:

                        (a)     Declare all Obligations immediately due and
payable; and

                        (b)     Stop advancing money or extending credit for
Borrower's benefit under this Agreement and/or declare the Committed Line to be
terminated.

        12.2    REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

        Lenders' and the Agent's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the
Loan Documents, and all other agreements are cumulative. Lenders and the Agent
have all rights and remedies provided by law, or in equity. Lenders' or the
Agent's exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Lenders' or the
Agent's waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Lenders' or
the Agent's delay in exercising any right or remedy is not a waiver, election,
or acquiescence. No waiver is effective unless made in accordance with Section
16.4 and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which
it was given.

        12.3    DEMAND WAIVER.

        Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment
and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release,
compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents,
instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Lenders or the Agent on which
Borrower is liable.

13.     INDEMNIFICATION OF AGENT AND LENDERS.

        Borrower will pay, indemnify and hold the Agent, the Lenders and their
affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, and
each other person controlling any of the foregoing (within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 20 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (collectively, the "Indemnified
Parties") harmless from and against any and all claims made by any person which
give rise to liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever
against any of the Indemnified Parties with respect to or arising out of or in
connection with the Loan Documents, the Loans or any investigation, litigation
or proceeding otherwise related to the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby (all of the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Matters");
provided that Borrower shall have no liability hereunder with respect to
Indemnified Matters arising solely from the grossly negligent acts or willful
misconduct of any person seeking indemnification.


                                      15.

<PAGE>   16
14.     NOTICES

All notices or demands by any party about this Agreement or any other related
agreement must be in writing and be personally delivered or sent by an overnight
delivery service, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,
or by telefacsimile to the addresses set forth next to the name of such party on
the signature pages of this Agreement. A party hereto may change its notice
address by giving the other parties hereto written notice.

15.     CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

        Washington law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles
of conflicts of law. Borrower, Agent and each Lender submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in King County, Washington.

        BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY
CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY
CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER
CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS
AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

        EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY TO THIS
AGREEMENT SEEK FROM ANOTHER PARTY OR BE LIABLE TO ANOTHER PARTY FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES UNDER CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER THEORY
OF LAW.

16.     GENERAL PROVISIONS

        16.1    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

        This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and
permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any
rights under it without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Lenders have
the right, with the prior written consent of Borrower, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in
all or any part of, or any interest in, Lenders' obligations, rights and
benefits under this Agreement.

        16.2    TIME OF ESSENCE.

        Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations in this
Agreement.

        16.3    SEVERABILITY OF PROVISION.

        Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision
in determining the enforceability of any provision.


                                      16.

<PAGE>   17
        16.4    AMENDMENTS IN WRITING; INTEGRATION.

                        (a)     All amendments to, or any waiver of any term or
condition of, this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Borrower and
either the Majority Lenders or the Agent, with the written consent of the
Majority Lenders, provided that (i) no amendment or waiver shall reduce the
amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of the Obligations, reduce the
stated interest rate, increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any
Lender's Commitment under the Committed Line, affect the right of any Lender to
Warrants or the Conversion Option, amend this Section 16.4 or reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of "Majority Lenders", in each case
without the written consent of all Lenders, and (ii) no amendment that would
affect the rights or duties of Agent shall be effective without the written
consent of Agent.

                        (b)     This Agreement represents the entire agreement
about this subject matter, and supersedes prior negotiations or agreements. All
prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations
between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this
Agreement and the Loan Documents.

        16.5    COUNTERPARTS.

        This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and
delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

        16.5    SURVIVAL.

        All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement
continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The provisions
of Section 6.6 and Section 13 of this Agreement shall survive the payment in
full of the Obligations.

        16.6.   CONFIDENTIALITY.

        In handling any confidential information, Lenders and Agent will
exercise the same degree of care that they exercise for their own proprietary
information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) with the prior
written consent of Borrower, not unreasonably withheld, to prospective
transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, (ii) as required by law,
regulation, subpoena, or other order, and (iii) as necessary for Lenders to
exercise their rights under this Agreement. Confidential information does not
include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Lenders' or
Agent's possession when disclosed to a Lender or Agent, or becomes part of the
public domain after disclosure to a Lender or Agent; or (b) is disclosed to a
Lender or Agent by a third party, if such Lender or Agent does not know that the
third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

        16.7    ATTORNEYS' FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES.

        In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Agent or any Lender
arising out of the Loan Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to
recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in
addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.


                                      17.

<PAGE>   18
17.     DEFINITIONS

        17.1    DEFINITIONS.

        In this Agreement:

        "AFFILIATE" of a Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or
indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with the Person, and each of that Person's senior executive
officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability
company, that Person's managers and members.

        "AGENT" has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

        "BORROWER" has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

        "BUSINESS DAY" is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which banks in Seattle, Washington are required or permitted to close.

        "CHANGE OF CONTROL" is a material change in Borrower's ownership of
greater that 49%.

        "CLOSING DATE" is the date of this Agreement.

        "COMMENCEMENT DATE" is the date the first Loans are made to Borrower
hereunder.

        "COMMITMENT" means the commitment of each Lender to provide a portion of
the Committed Line as set forth opposite their names on the attached Schedule
16-A (provided, however, that upon written notice to Borrower, Lenders are
entitled to change the pro rata amounts set forth in Schedule 16-A as Lenders
may decide among themselves.

        "COMMITTED LINE" is $10,000,000.

        "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" is, for any Person, any direct or indirect
liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (i) any indebtedness, lease,
dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation
directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with
recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly
liable; (ii) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of
that Person; and (iii) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or
commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other
agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but "Contingent
Obligation" does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.
The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the
primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not
determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by
the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the
obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangements.

        "CONVERSION OPTION" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).


                                      18.

<PAGE>   19
        "DEFAULT" is an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse or
time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

        "DEFAULTING LENDER" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1(d).

        "ERISA" is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
its regulations.

        "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.

        "INDEBTEDNESS" is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred
price of property or services, (b) reimbursement and other obligations for
surety bonds and letters of credit, (c) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments, (d) capital lease obligations and (e)
Contingent Obligations.

        "INDEMNIFIED MATTERS" has the meaning set forth in Section 13

        "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.

        "INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" are proceedings by or against any Person under
the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law,
including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions
generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization,
arrangement, or other relief.

        "INVESTMENT" is any beneficial ownership of (including stock,
partnership interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or
capital contribution to any Person.

        "LENDERS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

        "LIEN" is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security
interest or other encumbrance.

        "LOAN DOCUMENTS" are, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the
Warrants, any guaranties executed by any guarantor of the Borrower's
Obligations, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or
for the benefit of any Lender in connection with this Agreement, all as amended,
extended or restated.

        "LOANS" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.

        "MAJORITY LENDERS" is Lenders holding in the aggregate Pro Rata Shares
of more than 50%.

        "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" is a material impairment of the prospect of
repayment of any of the Obligations.

        "MATURITY DATE" is the earlier to occur of (a) the date six (6) months
after the Commencement Date; provided, however, that if the closing of the
Borrower's initial public offering or the closing of the Borrower's first
Private Equity Financing has not occurred prior to


                                      19.

<PAGE>   20
the date six (6) months after the Commencement Date, and subject to the
condition precedent set forth in Section 4.1 (b) hereof and delivery by a
Responsible Officer of a certification to the effect that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may, at its option, extend the
maturity date for an additional six (6) month period and (b) the date on which
the Obligations are declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to
Section 12.1.

        "1933 ACT" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

        "1999 WARRANTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

        "NON-DEFAULTING LENDER" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1(d).

        "OBLIGATIONS" are debts, principal, interest, fees, costs and expenses
and other amounts Borrower owes the Agent and the Lenders now or later under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including interest accruing after
Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower
assigned to the Agent or the Lenders.

        "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" is: (a) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Lender
or the Agent; (b) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Permitted Liens; (c)
Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course
of business; (d) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on the
Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 16-B; (e) Subordinated Debt; (f)
Indebtedness with respect to capital lease obligations; (g) Indebtedness with
respect to trade credit; and (h) extensions, renewals, refundings, refinancings,
modifications, amendments and restatements of any of the items of Permitted
Indebtedness (a), (d) and (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof
is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome
terms upon Borrower.

        "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" are:

                        (a)     Deposits with commercial banks organized under
the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent such deposits are
fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

                        (b)     Investments in marketable obligations issued or
fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year
from the date of issuance;

                        (c)     Investments in certificates of deposit and money
market funds;

                        (d)     Auction rate preferred Investments;

                        (e)     Investments in open market commercial paper
rated at least "A1" or "P1" or higher by a national credit rating agency and
maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof;

                        (f)     Investments pursuant to or arising under
currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business;


                                      20.

<PAGE>   21
                        (g)     Other Investments aggregating not in excess of
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time;

                        (h)     Extensions of credit in the nature of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or
services in the ordinary course of business;

                        (i)     Investments consisting of the endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the
ordinary course of business;

                        (j)     Investments (including debt obligations)
received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or
suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes
with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

                        (k)     Investments consisting of (i) compensation of
employees, officers and directors of Borrower so long as the Board of Directors
of Borrower determines that such compensation is in the best interests of
Borrower, (ii) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other employee
loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, (iii) loans to employees,
officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower,
(iv) other loans to officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors.

        "PERMITTED LIENS" are: (a) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts,
duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend
the collection thereof (provided, however, that such proceedings do not involve
any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any item of equipment
and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to
discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower), (b) Liens
identified on the schedule attached hereto as Schedule 16-C, (c) Liens to secure
payment of worker's compensation, employment insurance, old age pensions or
other social security obligations of Borrower in the ordinary course of business
of Borrower, (d) Liens upon any equipment or other personal property acquired by
Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such
equipment or other personal property or (ii) lease obligations or indebtedness
incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment
or other personal property; provided that such Liens are confined solely to the
equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not
exceed the acquisition price thereof; (e) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics',
landlords', materialmen's, repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the
ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or remain payable without
penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings (provided, however, that such proceedings do not involve any
substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any item of equipment and
that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to
discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower); (f)
non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary
course of business and licenses, Liens or similar arrangements entered into in
connection with joint ventures and corporate collaborations; (g) Liens securing
capital lease obligations on assets subject to such capital leases; (h) Liens
arising from judgments, decrees or attachments to the extent and only so long as
such judgment, decree or attachment has not caused or resulted in an Event of
Default; (i) easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects
or irregularities in title and


                                      21.

<PAGE>   22
other similar Liens affecting real property not interfering in any material
respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower; (j) Liens in
favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and (k)
Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating
to banker's liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit
accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution.

        "PERSON" is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, company association, trust, unincorporated
organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation,
firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

        "PRIME RATE" is, for any day, the Prime Rate published from time to time
in The Wall Street Journal in its general guide to money rates as the base rate
on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks (or if
said Prime Rate is reported as a range of rates, the highest of such rates).
Changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective, for purposes of calculating
interest hereunder, or the same date such changes are reported in The Wall
Street Journal.

        "PRIVATE EQUITY FINANCING" is any sale of equity securities of Borrower
that closes after September 1, 1999 other than a sale of common stock to the
public in an initial public offering.

        "PRO RATA SHARE" of any Lender is (a) the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans made by such
Lender to the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding under this
Agreement or (b) if no such Loans are outstanding, the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of such Lender's Commitment to the Committed Line.

        "RDS" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a).

        "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" is each of the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower or other
such person specifically authorized by Borrower and who is identified by written
notice from Borrower to the Agent.

        "SCHEDULE" is any attached schedule.

        "SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

        "SUBORDINATED DEBT" is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to
Borrower's debt to the Lenders pursuant to a subordination agreement in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders.

        "SUBSIDIARY" is, for any Person, any other business entity of which more
than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by the Person or one or more Affiliates of the Person.

        "2000 WARRANTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

        "UNFUNDED AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1(c).


                                      22.

<PAGE>   23
        "WARRANTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

18.     NOTICE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

        ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO
FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON
LAW.


                                      23.

<PAGE>   24
BORROWER:

INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION

/s/ PAUL E. MCBRIDE
------------------------------------------
Print Name: Paul E. McBride
Title: Chief Financial Officer and
       Vice President of Finance


LENDERS:


/s/ ROBERT D. SHURTLEFF, JR.                
------------------------------------------
ROBERT D. SHURTLEFF, JR.

/s/ DAVID CORNFIELD                         
------------------------------------------
DAVID CORNFIELD

/s/ DAN NEWELL                              
------------------------------------------
DAN NEWELL

/s/ RICHARD SAADA                           
------------------------------------------
RICHARD SAADA

/s/ PAUL CANNIFF                            
------------------------------------------
PAUL CANNIFF

/s/ ROBERT J. LUNDAY, JR.                   
------------------------------------------
ROBERT J. LUNDAY, JR.

/s/ TODD WARREN                             
------------------------------------------
TODD WARREN



AGENT:

S. L. PARTNERS, INC.

/s/ ROBERT D. SHURTLEFF, JR.                
------------------------------------------
ROBERT D. SHURTLEFF, JR.
TITLE: MANAGING PARTNER


                                      24.

<PAGE>   25
                                    EXHIBIT B
                       FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE



<PAGE>   26
                                    EXHIBIT B

                       FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

THIS CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, SATISFACTORY TO THE
COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A
NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

                           CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

$_______________                                             September ___, 1999
                                                        ____________, Washington

        For value received InterNAP Network Services Corporation, a Washington
corporation ("PAYOR") promises to pay to ____________________ or its assigns
("HOLDER") the principal sum of $___________, or if less, the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Advances (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to
below) made by Holder to Borrower under the Credit Agreement, with interest on
the unpaid principal balance at the rates and payable at the times provided in
the Credit Agreement.

        1.      CREDIT AGREEMENT PROVISIONS. This Convertible Promissory Note
(this "NOTE") is issued pursuant to, is entitled to the benefits of, and is
subject to the provisions of a certain Credit Agreement among Payor, Holder,
other Lenders thereto and Agent, dated of even date herewith (the "CREDIT
AGREEMENT"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have
the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

        2.      NO RIGHTS OR LIABILITIES AS SHAREHOLDER. This Note does not by
itself entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder
of the Company. In the absence of conversion of this Note, no provisions of this
Note, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall
cause such Holder to be a shareholder of the Company for any purpose.

        3.      PRIORITY OF NOTE. This Note is one of a series of Convertible
Promissory Notes (the "NOTES") aggregating up to $10,000,000 in face amount. The
Notes shall rank equally without preference or priority of any kind over one
another, and all payments on account of principal and interest with respect to
any of the Notes shall be applied ratably and proportionately on all outstanding
Notes on the basis of the original principal amount of outstanding indebtedness
represented thereby

        4.      CONVERSION. In the event that Payor issues and sells shares of
its Series D Preferred Stock (the "SERIES D STOCK") to investors, then Holder
(unless Holder is a Defaulting 


                                       1.

<PAGE>   27
Lender) and each other Lender (other than Defaulting Lenders) will have the
right, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions contained in
the Credit Agreement and the Notes, to convert up to his Pro Rata Share of
$2,000,000 (or the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the Loans of all
Lenders if less than $2,000,000) into Series D Stock.

        5.      WAIVER OF NOTICE. Payor hereby waives demand, notice,
presentment, protest and notice of dishonor.

        6.      LAW GOVERNING. The terms of this Note shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, as applied to contracts
entered into by Washington residents within the State of Washington, which
contracts are to be performed entirely within the State of Washington.

        7.      AMENDMENT. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only
in accordance with Section 16.4 of the Credit Agreement.

        8.      PREPAYMENT. The Company may at any time, without penalty, prepay
in whole or in part the unpaid principal sum of this Note, plus any unpaid
accrued interest under this Note.

        9.      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. This Note and the Conversion Stock
issuable upon its conversion have not been registered or qualified under federal
or state securities laws. Accordingly, the representations, warranties and
agreements made by Holder in Section 10 of the Credit Agreement, including
limitations on transfer, shall be deemed included herein and shall pertain to
this Note and the Series D Stock issuable hereunder as though fully set forth
herein.

        10.     HEADINGS. The headings in this Note are for purposes of
convenience in reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part
hereof.

        11.     NOTICE. ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY,
EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT
ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.




                                       INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
                                    
                                       By: ___________________________________
                                       Print Name: ___________________________
                                       Title: ________________________________


                                       2.
                              

<PAGE>   28
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                 FORM OF WARRANT



<PAGE>   29
                                    EXHIBIT C

                                 FORM OF WARRANT

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.
THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN
FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED
TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.

                      INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION

                        WARRANT FOR THE PURCHASE OF STOCK

No. [1999-C__/2000-C]*                                            100,000 Shares

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION, a Washington
corporation (the "Company"), with its principal office at 601 Union Street,
Suite 1000, Seattle, WA 98101, hereby certifies that S.L. PARTNERS, INC., as
agent (the "Agent") under the Credit Agreement dated as of September 23, 1999
(the "Credit Agreement") among the Company, the lenders party thereto and the
Agent, as agent for such lenders ("Holder"), or its assigns, in consideration
for a loan and other financial accommodations, is entitled, subject to the
provisions of this Warrant, to purchase from the Company, at any time on or
before 5:00 p.m. (Washington Time) [December 31, 2004/Insert date 5 years from
date of issuance of 2000 Warrants]* (the "Expiration Date"), the number set
forth above of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of the
Company (the "Common Stock") or Preferred Stock (as defined below), subject to
adjustment as hereinafter provided. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

        In the event that the closing of the initial public offering of the
Common Stock (the "Initial Public Offering") occurs prior to the Company's next
private equity financing (the "Next Round"), Holder may purchase such number of
shares of Common Stock at a purchase price (the "Offering Price") per share (as
adjusted pursuant to Section 5 hereof) equal to the offering price of the
Company's Common Stock in the Initial Public Offering. In the event that the
Next Round occurs prior to the Initial Public Offering, Holder may purchase such
number of shares of 


--------
* Insert, as appropriate


                                       1.

<PAGE>   30
the same series and class and bearing the same rights, preferences, and
privileges, of such shares of preferred stock issued in connection with the Next
Round (the "Preferred Stock") at a purchase price (the "Preferred Price") per
share (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5 hereof) equal to the price to be paid
by the purchasers of Preferred Stock in the Next Round.

        The shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock deliverable upon the
exercise of this Warrant, as adjusted from time to time, are hereinafter
sometimes referred to as "Warrant Shares." The applicable purchase price of the
Warrant Shares is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Exercise Price."

        The number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon the exercise of
this Warrant and the price to be paid for a share of Common Stock are subject to
adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth. The terms "Common Stock"
and "Preferred Stock" shall mean the aforementioned Common Stock and Preferred
Stock of the Company, respectively, together with any other equity securities
that may be issued by the Company in addition thereto or in substitution
therefor as provided herein.

        SECTION 1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

                (a)     This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part on any
business day on or prior to the Expiration Date. This Warrant shall be
exercised, if at all, by presentation and surrender hereof to the Company at its
principal office at the address set forth in the initial paragraph hereof (or at
such other address as the Company may hereafter notify Holder in writing) with
the Purchase Form annexed hereto duly executed and accompanied by proper payment
of the Exercise Price in lawful money of the United States of America in the
form of a check, subject to collection, for the number of Warrant Shares
specified in the Purchase Form. If this Warrant should be exercised in part
only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant, execute and deliver a
new Warrant evidencing the rights of Holder thereof to purchase the balance of
the Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this
Warrant and such Purchase Form, together with proper payment of the Exercise
Price, at such office, Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the
Warrant Shares, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or that certificates representing such Warrant Shares shall
not then be actually delivered to Holder. The Company shall pay any and all
documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the
issue or delivery of the Warrant Shares.

                (b)     In addition to and without limiting the rights of Holder
under any other terms set forth herein, Holder shall have the right, upon
written request by Holder delivered or transmitted to the Company together with
this Warrant, to exchange this Warrant, in whole or in part on or before the
Expiration Date, for the number of Warrant Shares having an aggregate current
market price on the date of such exchange (determined as provided in Section
5(b) below) equal to the difference between (a) the aggregate current market
price on the date of such exchange (determined as aforesaid) of a number of
Warrant Shares designated by Holder, and (b) the aggregate Exercise Price Holder
would have paid to the Company to purchase such designated number of Warrant
Shares upon exercise of this Warrant. Upon such exchange, the number of Warrant
Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be reduced by such
designated number of Warrant Shares and, if a balance of purchasable Warrant
Shares remains 


                                       2.

<PAGE>   31
after such exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver to Holder a new
Warrant evidencing the right to purchase such balance of Warrant Shares;
provided, that no fractional shares shall be issuable upon such exchange, and if
the number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the foregoing formula
is other than a whole number, the Company shall pay Holder an amount by check,
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.

        SECTION 2. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company hereby agrees that at all
times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this
Warrant all shares of its Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company from
time to time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. All such shares shall be
duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise in accordance with the terms
of this Warrant, shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and
clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or
restrictions on sale (other than as provided in the Company's Articles of
Incorporation and any restrictions on sale set forth herein or pursuant to
applicable federal and state securities laws) and free and clear of all
preemptive rights.

        SECTION 3. FRACTIONAL INTEREST. The Company will not issue a fractional
share of a Warrant Share upon exercise of a Warrant. Instead, the Company will
deliver its check for the current market value of the fractional share. The
current market value of a fraction of a share is determined as follows: multiply
the current market price of a full share by the fraction of a share and round
the result to the nearest cent.

                The current market price of a Warrant Share for purposes of this
Section 3 is determined as provided in Section 5(c) below.

        SECTION 4. ASSIGNMENT OR LOSS OF WARRANT

                (a)     Except as provided in Section 8, Holder shall be
entitled, without obtaining the consent of the Company, to assign its interest
in this Warrant in whole or in part to any person or persons. Subject to the
provisions of Section 8, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company or at the
office of its stock transfer agent or warrant agent, with the Assignment Form
annexed hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any transfer tax, the
Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in
the name of the assignee or assignees named in such instrument of assignment
(any such assignee will then be a "Holder" for purposes of this Warrant) and, if
Holder's entire interest is not being assigned, in the name of Holder, and this
Warrant shall promptly be canceled.

                (b)     Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and (in the case of
loss, theft or destruction) of indemnification satisfactory to the Company, and
upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company shall
execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date.

        SECTION 5. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES. The number
and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the
Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the
beginning of certain events, as follows:


                                       3.

<PAGE>   32
                (a)     Adjustment for Failure to Fund Loan Requests. In the
event that Lenders fail to fund all or any portion of any Loan request made by
Borrower in accordance with the Credit Agreement, and provided that the
conditions set forth in Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement as to the initial
Loan and Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement as to all subsequent Loans have
been met, then the number of shares that may be purchased pursuant to this
Warrant (other than the 5% portion allocated to the Agent pursuant to the Credit
Agreement as compensation for its agreement to serve in such capacity, which 5%
portion shall not be affected by this Section 5(a)) shall be reduced by a
percentage calculated by dividing (1) the portion of all Loan requests not
funded by (2) the aggregate of all Loan requests made by Borrower. For example,
if the aggregate of all Loan requests made by Borrower was $4,000,000, and
Lenders failed to fund $1,000,000 of that amount, then the number of shares that
could be purchased pursuant to this Warrant would be reduced to 71,250 ((100,000
- 5,000) x .75).

                (b)     Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock. If at any time
after the date of this Warrant, the Company:

                        (1)     pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its
Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock;

                        (2)     subdivides its outstanding shares of Common
Stock into a greater number of shares;

                        (3)     combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares;

                        (4)     makes a distribution on its Common Stock in
shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

                        (5)     issues by reclassification of its Common Stock
any shares of its capital stock;

then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be
adjusted so that Holder may receive upon exercise of this Warrant and payment of
the same aggregate consideration the number of shares of capital stock of the
Company which Holder would have owned immediately following such action if
Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior to such action.

                The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the
record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the
effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.

                (c)     Current Market Price. The current market price per share
of Common Stock on any date is the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common
Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days commencing forty-five (45)
trading days before the date in question or, if the Common Stock shall not have
been traded for such thirty (30) consecutive trading days, such period of time
up to thirty (30) trading days. The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock is the
last reported sales price of the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National
Market, or the primary national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is
then quoted; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is neither traded on
the Nasdaq National Market nor on a 


                                       4.

<PAGE>   33
national securities exchange, the price referred to above shall be the price
reflected on the Nasdaq National Market, or if the Common Stock is not then
traded on the Nasdaq National Market, the price reflected in the
over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. or
any organization performing a similar function or, if the Common Stock is not
then traded on the over the counter market as reported by the National Quotation
Bureau, Inc. or any organization performing a similar function, the price
referred to above shall be the fair market value as determined by the Company's
Board of Directors. The current market price per share of Preferred Stock on any
date shall be the fair market value as determined by the Company's Board of
Directors.

                (d)     Minimum Adjustment. No adjustment in the Exercise Price
of this Section 5 shall be required unless such adjustment would require an
increase or decrease of at least twenty-five cents ($.25) in such Exercise
Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this
subsection are not required to be made, shall be carried forward and taken into
account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5
shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest share, as the case may be.

                (e)     Deferral of Issuance or Payment. In any case in which an
event covered by this Section 5 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise
Price be made effective as of a record date, the Company may elect to defer
until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to Holder, if this Warrant is
exercised after such record date, the Warrant Shares and other capital stock of
the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Warrant
Shares or other capital stock of the Company, if any, issuable upon such
exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment,
and (ii) paying to Holder by check any amount in lieu of the issuance of
fractional shares pursuant to Section 3.

                (f)     When No Adjustment Required. No adjustment need be made
for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock. To the extent
this Warrant becomes exercisable into cash, no adjustment need be made
thereafter as to the cash, and interest will not accrue on the cash.

                (g)     Notice of Certain Actions. In the event that:

                        (1)     the Company shall authorize the issuance to all
holders of its Common Stock or Preferred Stock of rights, warrants, options or
convertible securities to subscribe for or purchase shares of its capital stock
or of any other subscription rights, warrants, options or convertible
securities; or

                        (2)     the Company shall authorize the distribution to
all holders of its Common Stock or Preferred Stock of evidences of its
indebtedness or assets (other than dividends paid in or distributions of the
Company's capital stock for which the Exercise Price shall have been adjusted
pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 5 or cash dividends or cash
distributions payable out of consolidated current or retained earnings as shown
on the books of the Company and paid in the ordinary course of business); or

                        (3)     the Company shall authorize any capital
reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other
than a subdivision or 


                                       5.

<PAGE>   34
combination of the outstanding Common Stock or Preferred Stock and other than a
change in par value of the Common Stock) or of any consolidation or merger to
which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the
Company is required (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company
is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification
or change of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding), or of the
conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety; or

                        (4)     the Company is the subject of a voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up procedure; or

                        (5)     the Company proposes to take any action (other
than actions of the character described in subsection (b) of this Section 5)
that would require an adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section
5;

then the Company shall cause to be mailed by first-class mail to Holder at least
ten (10) days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter
specified, a notice stating (x) the date as of which the holders of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock of record to be entitled to receive any such rights, warrants
or distributions are to be determined, or (y) the date on which any such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is
expected that holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of record shall be
entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock for
securities or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reorganization,
reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up.

                (h)     No Adjustment Upon Exercise of Warrant. No adjustments
shall be made under any Section herein in connection with the issuance of
Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant.

        SECTION 6. OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE. Whenever the Exercise Price shall be
adjusted as required by the provisions of Section 5, the Company shall forthwith
file in the custody of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at its principal
office an officers' certificate showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined
as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts requiring such
adjustment and the manner of computing such adjustment. Each such officers'
certificate shall be signed by the chairperson, president or chief financial
officer of the Company and by the secretary or any assistant secretary of the
Company. Each such officers' certificate shall be made available at all
reasonable times for inspection by Holder.

        SECTION 7. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, SALE, REORGANIZATION OR LIQUIDATION.
Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of the
property or stock, reorganization or liquidation of the Company (collectively, a
"Reorganization") prior to the Expiration Date, as a result of which the
shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange
for their shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, this Warrant shall be
canceled and all rights granted hereunder shall terminate; provided, however,
that the Company shall have delivered to the Holder notice of the Reorganization
in accordance with 


                                       6.

<PAGE>   35
Section 5 above and that the Holder shall have the right immediately prior to
the Reorganization to exercise this Warrant.

        SECTION 8. TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. This
Warrant may not be exercised and neither this Warrant nor any of the Warrant
Shares, nor any interest in either, may be offered, sold, assigned, pledged,
hypothecated, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in
whole or in part, except in compliance with applicable United States federal and
state securities and blue sky laws and the terms and conditions hereof. Each
Warrant shall bear a legend in substantially the same form as the legend set
forth on the first page of this Warrant. Each certificate for Warrant Shares
issued upon exercise of this Warrant, unless at the time of exercise such
Warrant Shares are acquired pursuant to a registration statement that has been
declared effective under the Act and applicable blue sky laws, shall bear a
legend substantially in the following form:

        THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
        SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
        LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON
        TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT
        AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
        PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE
        SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE
        SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR
        RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
        LAWS.

Any certificate for any Warrant Shares issued at any time in exchange or
substitution for any certificate for any Warrant Shares bearing such legend
(except a new certificate for any Warrant Shares issued after the acquisition of
such Warrant Shares pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared
effective under the Act) shall also bear such legend unless, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, the Warrant Shares represented thereby need no longer
be subject to the restriction contained herein. The provision of this Section 8
shall be binding upon all subsequent holders of certificates for Warrant Shares
bearing the above legend and all subsequent holders of this Warrant, if any.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing no registration statement or opinion of
counsel shall be required in connection with (i) the transfer by the Agent of
this Warrant as provided in Section 4.1(d) or Section 6.9 of the Credit
Agreement, all such transfers being permitted without obtaining the consent of
the Company or (ii) the transfer by a Holder of this Warrant or the Warrant
Shares to any family member or any trust for the benefit of such Holder or any
family member of such Holder.


                                       7.

<PAGE>   36
        SECTION 9. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

                (a)     Registrable Securities. If at any time prior to the
Expiration Date, the Company shall determine to register any of its Common
Stock, for its own account or for the account of others on a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, the Company will:

                        (1)     promptly give Holder written notice thereof
(which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to
attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state
securities); and

                        (2)     include in such registration (and any related
qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting
involved therein, all shares of Common Stock of the Company obtained upon
exercise of this Warrant (the "Registrable Securities") specified in a written
request or requests by Holder, received by the Company within twenty (20) days
after such written notice is given, requesting inclusions in such registration;
provided that if the Holder decides not to include all the Registrable
Securities in any such registration statement, the Holder shall nevertheless
continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any
subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by
the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein .

                (b)     Underwriting. (1) If the registration of which the
Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an
underwriting, the Company shall so advise Holder as a part of the written notice
given pursuant to Section 9(a)(1). In such event, the right of Holder to
registration pursuant to this Section 9 shall be conditioned upon Holder's
participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Holder's Registrable
Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

                        (2)     Holder shall (together with the Company and the
other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter
into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or
underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Section 9, if the underwriter determines that marketing
factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the
underwriter may exclude some or all the Registrable Securities from such
registration and underwriting. If the underwriter makes a determination to
exclude some or all of the Registrable Securities from a registration and
underwriting, the Holder's registration rights under this Section 9 shall be
subject to the priority given to the registration rights set forth in Section 2
of that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated January
28, 1999, by and among the Company and the investor parties named therein, as
amended (the "Investor Rights Agreement"). However, the Holder's registration
rights under this Section 9 shall have priority over any registration rights
given to purchasers of capital stock of the Company in the Next Round or any
equity financing subsequent to the Next Round. If this Warrant is assigned in
whole or in part to more than one person and less than all of the Registrable
Securities are included in the registration and underwriting, the number of
Registrable Shares to be included shall be allocated among the holders of
Warrants based on the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the
Warrants.


                                       8.

<PAGE>   37
                        (3)     If Holder disapproves of the terms of any such
underwriting, Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the
Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities so withdrawn from such
underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration.

                (c)     Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear
registration expenses (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions) for
the Form S-1 or Form S-3 registration.

                (d)     Limitations on Transfer. If requested by the
underwriters, Holder, or any assignee of Holder, will not sell or otherwise
transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company held by Holder for a period
of up to one hundred eighty (180) days following a public offering by the
Company of its capital stock.

                (e)     Amendments and Supplements; Prospectus. Whenever
required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company
shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

                        (1)     Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments
and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in
connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with
the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such registration statement.

                        (2)     Furnish to Holder such number of copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may
reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable
Securities owned by them.

                (f)     Indemnification. (1)The Company will indemnify Holder,
each of Holder's officers, directors, partners and agents, and each person
controlling Holder, with respect to which registration, qualification or
compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 9, and each underwriter,
if any, and each person who controls any underwriter against all claims, losses,
damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) including any of the
foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened
arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue
statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or
other similar document (including any related registration statement,
notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or
compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, or (ii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of any
federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company in
connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will
reimburse Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners and agents, and each
person controlling Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls
any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred
in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or action, as incurred, provided that the Company will not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or
expense arises out of or is based on any untrue 


                                       9.

<PAGE>   38
statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) based
upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed
by Holder or such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

                        (2)     Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by
Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration,
qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of
its directors and officers, each legal counsel and independent accountant of the
Company, each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a
registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such holder, each of
its directors, officers, and partners and agents and each person controlling
such other holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) including any of the foregoing incurred in
settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened arising out of or based on
any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained
in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other
similar document (including any related registration statement, notification or
the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or any
omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, and will reimburse the
Company, its directors, officers, legal counsel, accountants, underwriters,
control persons and such other holders and each such holder's directors,
officers, partners, agents and control persons for any legal and any other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any
such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, as incurred, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue
statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration
statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument
duly executed by Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided,
however, that the obligations of Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount
equal to the proceeds to Holder for Registrable Securities sold as contemplated
herein.

                        (3)     Each party entitled to indemnification under
this Section 9(f) (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party
required to provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after
such Indemnified Party has received written notice of any claim as to which
indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the
defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that
counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim
or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall
not unreasonably be withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at the Indemnified Party's expense; provided, however, that the
Indemnifying Party shall bear the expense of such defense of the Indemnified
Party if representation of both parties by the same counsel would be
inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest. The failure of
any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall relieve the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 9(f) only to the extent
that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely prejudice the
Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation. No
Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall,
except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any
judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional


                                      10.

<PAGE>   39
term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party
of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

                        (4)     If the indemnification provided for in this
Section 9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an
indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the
indemnified party on the other in connection with the violation(s) that resulted
in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of
the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by
the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by
a Holder hereunder exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such
Holder.

                        (5)     No indemnifying party, in the defense of any
such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified
party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does
not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect
to such claim or litigation.

                (g)     Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Holders
under this Section 9(f) shall survive the completion of any offering of
Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of this
Agreement.

                (h)     Assignment Of Registration Rights. The rights to cause
the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 9 may be
assigned by Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities which
(a) previously holds Registrable Securities, or (b) is Holder's family member or
a trust for the benefit of Holder or a family member of such Holder; provided,
however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer,
furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee
or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights
are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all
restrictions set forth in this Warrant.

                (i)     Investor Rights Agreement. The Company and Holder hereby
agree to use their best efforts to amend the Investor Rights Agreement or to
supersede the Investor Rights Agreement with another agreement containing
substantially the same terms and conditions, to include Holder as a party
thereto and to thereby cause Holder to have the rights and be subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein in respect of the Warrant Shares;
provided, however, that Holder's registration rights shall continue to be
limited in the manner described in Section 9(b)(2) of this Warrant. Upon the
Holder being a party to the Investor Rights Agreement or such other agreement as
shall supersede it, this Section 9 shall be rendered inoperative and shall be of
no further force or effect.


                                      11.

<PAGE>   40
        SECTION 10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. Neither this Warrant nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated other than by an
instrument in writing signed by the Company and by Holder.

        SECTION 11. NOTICES. Any notice, request or other document required or
permitted to be given or delivered to Holder or the Company shall be delivered
or shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to Holder at its address as
shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated
therefor in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

        SECTION 12. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS AND GOVERNING LAW. The description
headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for
convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant
shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the
parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Washington, without
regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly caused this Warrant to be
signed by its duly authorized officer and to be dated as of September ___, 1999.

                                  INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION

                                  By: /s/ PAUL E. MCBRIDE
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                  Print Name: Paul E. McBride
                                             -----------------------------------

                                  Title: Chief Financial Officer and 
                                         Vice President of Finance
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                      12.



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 3
to Form S-1 of our reports dated April 2, 1999 relating to the financial
statements and financial statement schedule of InterNAP Network Services
Corporation, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to
the reference to us under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data"
in such Registration Statement.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Seattle, Washington
September 27, 1999